v1

package
v0.32.0 Latest Latest
Warning

This package is not in the latest version of its module.

Go to latest
Published: Nov 29, 2023 License: Apache-2.0 Imports: 9 Imported by: 0

Documentation

Index

Constants

View Source
const (
	// Default value. This value is unused.
	AppConnectionTypeTypeUnspecified = AppConnectionType("TYPE_UNSPECIFIED")
	// TCP Proxy based BeyondCorp AppConnection. API will default to this if unset.
	AppConnectionTypeTcpProxy = AppConnectionType("TCP_PROXY")
)
View Source
const (
	// Default value. This value is unused.
	AppGatewayHostTypeHostTypeUnspecified = AppGatewayHostType("HOST_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED")
	// AppGateway hosted in a GCP regional managed instance group.
	AppGatewayHostTypeGcpRegionalMig = AppGatewayHostType("GCP_REGIONAL_MIG")
)
View Source
const (
	// Default value. This value is unused.
	AppGatewayTypeTypeUnspecified = AppGatewayType("TYPE_UNSPECIFIED")
	// TCP Proxy based BeyondCorp Connection. API will default to this if unset.
	AppGatewayTypeTcpProxy = AppGatewayType("TCP_PROXY")
)
View Source
const (
	// Default value. This value is unused.
	GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypeTypeUnspecified = GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayType("TYPE_UNSPECIFIED")
	// Gateway hosted in a GCP regional managed instance group.
	GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypeGcpRegionalMig = GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayType("GCP_REGIONAL_MIG")
)
View Source
const (
	// Health status is unknown: not initialized or failed to retrieve.
	GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusHealthStatusUnspecified = GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatus("HEALTH_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED")
	// The resource is healthy.
	GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusHealthy = GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatus("HEALTHY")
	// The resource is unhealthy.
	GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusUnhealthy = GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatus("UNHEALTHY")
	// The resource is unresponsive.
	GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusUnresponsive = GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatus("UNRESPONSIVE")
	// Some sub-resources are UNHEALTHY.
	GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusDegraded = GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatus("DEGRADED")
)
View Source
const (
	// Default case. Should never be this.
	GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeLogTypeUnspecified = GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType("LOG_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED")
	// Admin reads. Example: CloudIAM getIamPolicy
	GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeAdminRead = GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType("ADMIN_READ")
	// Data writes. Example: CloudSQL Users create
	GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeDataWrite = GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType("DATA_WRITE")
	// Data reads. Example: CloudSQL Users list
	GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeDataRead = GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType("DATA_READ")
)

Variables

This section is empty.

Functions

This section is empty.

Types

type AllocatedConnectionResponse added in v0.22.0

type AllocatedConnectionResponse struct {
	// The ingress port of an allocated connection
	IngressPort int `pulumi:"ingressPort"`
	// The PSC uri of an allocated connection
	PscUri string `pulumi:"pscUri"`
}

Allocated connection of the AppGateway.

type AllocatedConnectionResponseArrayOutput added in v0.22.0

type AllocatedConnectionResponseArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AllocatedConnectionResponseArrayOutput) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (AllocatedConnectionResponseArrayOutput) Index added in v0.22.0

func (AllocatedConnectionResponseArrayOutput) ToAllocatedConnectionResponseArrayOutput added in v0.22.0

func (o AllocatedConnectionResponseArrayOutput) ToAllocatedConnectionResponseArrayOutput() AllocatedConnectionResponseArrayOutput

func (AllocatedConnectionResponseArrayOutput) ToAllocatedConnectionResponseArrayOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (o AllocatedConnectionResponseArrayOutput) ToAllocatedConnectionResponseArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AllocatedConnectionResponseArrayOutput

type AllocatedConnectionResponseOutput added in v0.22.0

type AllocatedConnectionResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Allocated connection of the AppGateway.

func (AllocatedConnectionResponseOutput) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (AllocatedConnectionResponseOutput) IngressPort added in v0.22.0

The ingress port of an allocated connection

func (AllocatedConnectionResponseOutput) PscUri added in v0.22.0

The PSC uri of an allocated connection

func (AllocatedConnectionResponseOutput) ToAllocatedConnectionResponseOutput added in v0.22.0

func (o AllocatedConnectionResponseOutput) ToAllocatedConnectionResponseOutput() AllocatedConnectionResponseOutput

func (AllocatedConnectionResponseOutput) ToAllocatedConnectionResponseOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (o AllocatedConnectionResponseOutput) ToAllocatedConnectionResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AllocatedConnectionResponseOutput

type AppConnection added in v0.22.0

type AppConnection struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Optional. User-settable AppConnection resource ID. * Must start with a letter. * Must contain between 4-63 characters from `/a-z-/`. * Must end with a number or a letter.
	AppConnectionId pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"appConnectionId"`
	// Address of the remote application endpoint for the BeyondCorp AppConnection.
	ApplicationEndpoint GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionApplicationEndpointResponseOutput `pulumi:"applicationEndpoint"`
	// Optional. List of [google.cloud.beyondcorp.v1main.Connector.name] that are authorised to be associated with this AppConnection.
	Connectors pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"connectors"`
	// Timestamp when the resource was created.
	CreateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the AppConnection. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
	DisplayName pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"displayName"`
	// Optional. Gateway used by the AppConnection.
	Gateway GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayResponseOutput `pulumi:"gateway"`
	// Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
	Labels   pulumi.StringMapOutput `pulumi:"labels"`
	Location pulumi.StringOutput    `pulumi:"location"`
	// Unique resource name of the AppConnection. The name is ignored when creating a AppConnection.
	Name    pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
	RequestId pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"requestId"`
	// The current state of the AppConnection.
	State pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"state"`
	// The type of network connectivity used by the AppConnection.
	Type pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"type"`
	// A unique identifier for the instance generated by the system.
	Uid pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"uid"`
	// Timestamp when the resource was last modified.
	UpdateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

Creates a new AppConnection in a given project and location.

func GetAppConnection added in v0.22.0

func GetAppConnection(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *AppConnectionState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AppConnection, error)

GetAppConnection gets an existing AppConnection resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewAppConnection added in v0.22.0

func NewAppConnection(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *AppConnectionArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AppConnection, error)

NewAppConnection registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*AppConnection) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (*AppConnection) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*AppConnection) ToAppConnectionOutput added in v0.22.0

func (i *AppConnection) ToAppConnectionOutput() AppConnectionOutput

func (*AppConnection) ToAppConnectionOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (i *AppConnection) ToAppConnectionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectionOutput

type AppConnectionArgs added in v0.22.0

type AppConnectionArgs struct {
	// Optional. User-settable AppConnection resource ID. * Must start with a letter. * Must contain between 4-63 characters from `/a-z-/`. * Must end with a number or a letter.
	AppConnectionId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Address of the remote application endpoint for the BeyondCorp AppConnection.
	ApplicationEndpoint GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionApplicationEndpointInput
	// Optional. List of [google.cloud.beyondcorp.v1main.Connector.name] that are authorised to be associated with this AppConnection.
	Connectors pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the AppConnection. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
	DisplayName pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. Gateway used by the AppConnection.
	Gateway GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayPtrInput
	// Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
	Labels   pulumi.StringMapInput
	Location pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Unique resource name of the AppConnection. The name is ignored when creating a AppConnection.
	Name    pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Project pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
	RequestId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// The type of network connectivity used by the AppConnection.
	Type AppConnectionTypeInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a AppConnection resource.

func (AppConnectionArgs) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (AppConnectionArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type AppConnectionIamBinding added in v0.26.0

type AppConnectionIamBinding struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"members"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetAppConnectionIamBinding added in v0.26.0

func GetAppConnectionIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *AppConnectionIamBindingState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AppConnectionIamBinding, error)

GetAppConnectionIamBinding gets an existing AppConnectionIamBinding resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewAppConnectionIamBinding added in v0.26.0

func NewAppConnectionIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *AppConnectionIamBindingArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AppConnectionIamBinding, error)

NewAppConnectionIamBinding registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*AppConnectionIamBinding) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (*AppConnectionIamBinding) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*AppConnectionIamBinding) ToAppConnectionIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

func (i *AppConnectionIamBinding) ToAppConnectionIamBindingOutput() AppConnectionIamBindingOutput

func (*AppConnectionIamBinding) ToAppConnectionIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (i *AppConnectionIamBinding) ToAppConnectionIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectionIamBindingOutput

type AppConnectionIamBindingArgs added in v0.26.0

type AppConnectionIamBindingArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a AppConnectionIamBinding resource.

func (AppConnectionIamBindingArgs) ElementType added in v0.26.0

type AppConnectionIamBindingInput added in v0.26.0

type AppConnectionIamBindingInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAppConnectionIamBindingOutput() AppConnectionIamBindingOutput
	ToAppConnectionIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectionIamBindingOutput
}

type AppConnectionIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

type AppConnectionIamBindingOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AppConnectionIamBindingOutput) Condition added in v0.26.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (AppConnectionIamBindingOutput) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (AppConnectionIamBindingOutput) Etag added in v0.26.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (AppConnectionIamBindingOutput) Members added in v0.26.0

Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (AppConnectionIamBindingOutput) Name added in v0.26.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (AppConnectionIamBindingOutput) Project added in v0.26.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (AppConnectionIamBindingOutput) Role added in v0.26.0

The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.

func (AppConnectionIamBindingOutput) ToAppConnectionIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

func (o AppConnectionIamBindingOutput) ToAppConnectionIamBindingOutput() AppConnectionIamBindingOutput

func (AppConnectionIamBindingOutput) ToAppConnectionIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (o AppConnectionIamBindingOutput) ToAppConnectionIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectionIamBindingOutput

type AppConnectionIamBindingState added in v0.26.0

type AppConnectionIamBindingState struct {
}

func (AppConnectionIamBindingState) ElementType added in v0.26.0

type AppConnectionIamMember added in v0.26.0

type AppConnectionIamMember struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"member"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetAppConnectionIamMember added in v0.26.0

func GetAppConnectionIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *AppConnectionIamMemberState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AppConnectionIamMember, error)

GetAppConnectionIamMember gets an existing AppConnectionIamMember resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewAppConnectionIamMember added in v0.26.0

func NewAppConnectionIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *AppConnectionIamMemberArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AppConnectionIamMember, error)

NewAppConnectionIamMember registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*AppConnectionIamMember) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (*AppConnectionIamMember) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*AppConnectionIamMember) ToAppConnectionIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

func (i *AppConnectionIamMember) ToAppConnectionIamMemberOutput() AppConnectionIamMemberOutput

func (*AppConnectionIamMember) ToAppConnectionIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (i *AppConnectionIamMember) ToAppConnectionIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectionIamMemberOutput

type AppConnectionIamMemberArgs added in v0.26.0

type AppConnectionIamMemberArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a AppConnectionIamMember resource.

func (AppConnectionIamMemberArgs) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (AppConnectionIamMemberArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type AppConnectionIamMemberInput added in v0.26.0

type AppConnectionIamMemberInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAppConnectionIamMemberOutput() AppConnectionIamMemberOutput
	ToAppConnectionIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectionIamMemberOutput
}

type AppConnectionIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

type AppConnectionIamMemberOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AppConnectionIamMemberOutput) Condition added in v0.26.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (AppConnectionIamMemberOutput) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (AppConnectionIamMemberOutput) Etag added in v0.26.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (AppConnectionIamMemberOutput) Member added in v0.26.0

Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (AppConnectionIamMemberOutput) Name added in v0.26.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (AppConnectionIamMemberOutput) Project added in v0.26.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (AppConnectionIamMemberOutput) Role added in v0.26.0

The role that should be applied.

func (AppConnectionIamMemberOutput) ToAppConnectionIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

func (o AppConnectionIamMemberOutput) ToAppConnectionIamMemberOutput() AppConnectionIamMemberOutput

func (AppConnectionIamMemberOutput) ToAppConnectionIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (o AppConnectionIamMemberOutput) ToAppConnectionIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectionIamMemberOutput

type AppConnectionIamMemberState added in v0.26.0

type AppConnectionIamMemberState struct {
}

func (AppConnectionIamMemberState) ElementType added in v0.26.0

type AppConnectionIamPolicy

type AppConnectionIamPolicy struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	AppConnectionId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"appConnectionId"`
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag     pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	Location pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"location"`
	Project  pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntOutput `pulumi:"version"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors. Note - this resource's API doesn't support deletion. When deleted, the resource will persist on Google Cloud even though it will be deleted from Pulumi state.

func GetAppConnectionIamPolicy

func GetAppConnectionIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *AppConnectionIamPolicyState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AppConnectionIamPolicy, error)

GetAppConnectionIamPolicy gets an existing AppConnectionIamPolicy resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewAppConnectionIamPolicy

func NewAppConnectionIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *AppConnectionIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AppConnectionIamPolicy, error)

NewAppConnectionIamPolicy registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*AppConnectionIamPolicy) ElementType

func (*AppConnectionIamPolicy) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*AppConnectionIamPolicy) ToAppConnectionIamPolicyOutput

func (i *AppConnectionIamPolicy) ToAppConnectionIamPolicyOutput() AppConnectionIamPolicyOutput

func (*AppConnectionIamPolicy) ToAppConnectionIamPolicyOutputWithContext

func (i *AppConnectionIamPolicy) ToAppConnectionIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectionIamPolicyOutput

type AppConnectionIamPolicyArgs

type AppConnectionIamPolicyArgs struct {
	AppConnectionId pulumi.StringInput
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayInput
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings GoogleIamV1BindingArrayInput
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag     pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Location pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Project  pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
	UpdateMask pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a AppConnectionIamPolicy resource.

func (AppConnectionIamPolicyArgs) ElementType

func (AppConnectionIamPolicyArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type AppConnectionIamPolicyInput

type AppConnectionIamPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAppConnectionIamPolicyOutput() AppConnectionIamPolicyOutput
	ToAppConnectionIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectionIamPolicyOutput
}

type AppConnectionIamPolicyOutput

type AppConnectionIamPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AppConnectionIamPolicyOutput) AppConnectionId

func (o AppConnectionIamPolicyOutput) AppConnectionId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (AppConnectionIamPolicyOutput) AuditConfigs

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (AppConnectionIamPolicyOutput) Bindings

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (AppConnectionIamPolicyOutput) ElementType

func (AppConnectionIamPolicyOutput) Etag

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (AppConnectionIamPolicyOutput) Location

func (AppConnectionIamPolicyOutput) Project

func (AppConnectionIamPolicyOutput) ToAppConnectionIamPolicyOutput

func (o AppConnectionIamPolicyOutput) ToAppConnectionIamPolicyOutput() AppConnectionIamPolicyOutput

func (AppConnectionIamPolicyOutput) ToAppConnectionIamPolicyOutputWithContext

func (o AppConnectionIamPolicyOutput) ToAppConnectionIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectionIamPolicyOutput

func (AppConnectionIamPolicyOutput) Version

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type AppConnectionIamPolicyState

type AppConnectionIamPolicyState struct {
}

func (AppConnectionIamPolicyState) ElementType

type AppConnectionInput added in v0.22.0

type AppConnectionInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAppConnectionOutput() AppConnectionOutput
	ToAppConnectionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectionOutput
}

type AppConnectionOutput added in v0.22.0

type AppConnectionOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AppConnectionOutput) AppConnectionId added in v0.22.0

func (o AppConnectionOutput) AppConnectionId() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. User-settable AppConnection resource ID. * Must start with a letter. * Must contain between 4-63 characters from `/a-z-/`. * Must end with a number or a letter.

func (AppConnectionOutput) ApplicationEndpoint added in v0.22.0

Address of the remote application endpoint for the BeyondCorp AppConnection.

func (AppConnectionOutput) Connectors added in v0.22.0

Optional. List of [google.cloud.beyondcorp.v1main.Connector.name] that are authorised to be associated with this AppConnection.

func (AppConnectionOutput) CreateTime added in v0.22.0

func (o AppConnectionOutput) CreateTime() pulumi.StringOutput

Timestamp when the resource was created.

func (AppConnectionOutput) DisplayName added in v0.22.0

func (o AppConnectionOutput) DisplayName() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the AppConnection. Cannot exceed 64 characters.

func (AppConnectionOutput) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (AppConnectionOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (AppConnectionOutput) Gateway added in v0.22.0

Optional. Gateway used by the AppConnection.

func (AppConnectionOutput) Labels added in v0.22.0

Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.

func (AppConnectionOutput) Location added in v0.22.0

func (AppConnectionOutput) Name added in v0.22.0

Unique resource name of the AppConnection. The name is ignored when creating a AppConnection.

func (AppConnectionOutput) Project added in v0.22.0

func (AppConnectionOutput) RequestId added in v0.22.0

Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).

func (AppConnectionOutput) State added in v0.22.0

The current state of the AppConnection.

func (AppConnectionOutput) ToAppConnectionOutput added in v0.22.0

func (o AppConnectionOutput) ToAppConnectionOutput() AppConnectionOutput

func (AppConnectionOutput) ToAppConnectionOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (o AppConnectionOutput) ToAppConnectionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectionOutput

func (AppConnectionOutput) Type added in v0.22.0

The type of network connectivity used by the AppConnection.

func (AppConnectionOutput) Uid added in v0.22.0

A unique identifier for the instance generated by the system.

func (AppConnectionOutput) UpdateTime added in v0.22.0

func (o AppConnectionOutput) UpdateTime() pulumi.StringOutput

Timestamp when the resource was last modified.

type AppConnectionState added in v0.22.0

type AppConnectionState struct {
}

func (AppConnectionState) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (AppConnectionState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type AppConnectionType added in v0.22.0

type AppConnectionType string

Required. The type of network connectivity used by the AppConnection.

func (AppConnectionType) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (AppConnectionType) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (AppConnectionType) ToAppConnectionTypeOutput added in v0.22.0

func (e AppConnectionType) ToAppConnectionTypeOutput() AppConnectionTypeOutput

func (AppConnectionType) ToAppConnectionTypeOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (e AppConnectionType) ToAppConnectionTypeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectionTypeOutput

func (AppConnectionType) ToAppConnectionTypePtrOutput added in v0.22.0

func (e AppConnectionType) ToAppConnectionTypePtrOutput() AppConnectionTypePtrOutput

func (AppConnectionType) ToAppConnectionTypePtrOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (e AppConnectionType) ToAppConnectionTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectionTypePtrOutput

func (AppConnectionType) ToStringOutput added in v0.22.0

func (e AppConnectionType) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput

func (AppConnectionType) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (e AppConnectionType) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (AppConnectionType) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.22.0

func (e AppConnectionType) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (AppConnectionType) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (e AppConnectionType) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type AppConnectionTypeInput added in v0.22.0

type AppConnectionTypeInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAppConnectionTypeOutput() AppConnectionTypeOutput
	ToAppConnectionTypeOutputWithContext(context.Context) AppConnectionTypeOutput
}

AppConnectionTypeInput is an input type that accepts AppConnectionTypeArgs and AppConnectionTypeOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `AppConnectionTypeInput` via:

AppConnectionTypeArgs{...}

type AppConnectionTypeOutput added in v0.22.0

type AppConnectionTypeOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AppConnectionTypeOutput) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (AppConnectionTypeOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (AppConnectionTypeOutput) ToAppConnectionTypeOutput added in v0.22.0

func (o AppConnectionTypeOutput) ToAppConnectionTypeOutput() AppConnectionTypeOutput

func (AppConnectionTypeOutput) ToAppConnectionTypeOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (o AppConnectionTypeOutput) ToAppConnectionTypeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectionTypeOutput

func (AppConnectionTypeOutput) ToAppConnectionTypePtrOutput added in v0.22.0

func (o AppConnectionTypeOutput) ToAppConnectionTypePtrOutput() AppConnectionTypePtrOutput

func (AppConnectionTypeOutput) ToAppConnectionTypePtrOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (o AppConnectionTypeOutput) ToAppConnectionTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectionTypePtrOutput

func (AppConnectionTypeOutput) ToStringOutput added in v0.22.0

func (o AppConnectionTypeOutput) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput

func (AppConnectionTypeOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (o AppConnectionTypeOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (AppConnectionTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.22.0

func (o AppConnectionTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (AppConnectionTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (o AppConnectionTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type AppConnectionTypePtrInput added in v0.22.0

type AppConnectionTypePtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAppConnectionTypePtrOutput() AppConnectionTypePtrOutput
	ToAppConnectionTypePtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) AppConnectionTypePtrOutput
}

func AppConnectionTypePtr added in v0.22.0

func AppConnectionTypePtr(v string) AppConnectionTypePtrInput

type AppConnectionTypePtrOutput added in v0.22.0

type AppConnectionTypePtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AppConnectionTypePtrOutput) Elem added in v0.22.0

func (AppConnectionTypePtrOutput) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (AppConnectionTypePtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (AppConnectionTypePtrOutput) ToAppConnectionTypePtrOutput added in v0.22.0

func (o AppConnectionTypePtrOutput) ToAppConnectionTypePtrOutput() AppConnectionTypePtrOutput

func (AppConnectionTypePtrOutput) ToAppConnectionTypePtrOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (o AppConnectionTypePtrOutput) ToAppConnectionTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectionTypePtrOutput

func (AppConnectionTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.22.0

func (o AppConnectionTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (AppConnectionTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (o AppConnectionTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type AppConnector added in v0.22.0

type AppConnector struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Optional. User-settable AppConnector resource ID. * Must start with a letter. * Must contain between 4-63 characters from `/a-z-/`. * Must end with a number or a letter.
	AppConnectorId pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"appConnectorId"`
	// Timestamp when the resource was created.
	CreateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the AppConnector. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
	DisplayName pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"displayName"`
	// Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
	Labels   pulumi.StringMapOutput `pulumi:"labels"`
	Location pulumi.StringOutput    `pulumi:"location"`
	// Unique resource name of the AppConnector. The name is ignored when creating a AppConnector.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// Principal information about the Identity of the AppConnector.
	PrincipalInfo GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoResponseOutput `pulumi:"principalInfo"`
	Project       pulumi.StringOutput                                                         `pulumi:"project"`
	// Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
	RequestId pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"requestId"`
	// Optional. Resource info of the connector.
	ResourceInfo GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoResponseOutput `pulumi:"resourceInfo"`
	// The current state of the AppConnector.
	State pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"state"`
	// A unique identifier for the instance generated by the system.
	Uid pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"uid"`
	// Timestamp when the resource was last modified.
	UpdateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

Creates a new AppConnector in a given project and location.

func GetAppConnector added in v0.22.0

func GetAppConnector(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *AppConnectorState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AppConnector, error)

GetAppConnector gets an existing AppConnector resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewAppConnector added in v0.22.0

func NewAppConnector(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *AppConnectorArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AppConnector, error)

NewAppConnector registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*AppConnector) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (*AppConnector) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*AppConnector) ToAppConnectorOutput added in v0.22.0

func (i *AppConnector) ToAppConnectorOutput() AppConnectorOutput

func (*AppConnector) ToAppConnectorOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (i *AppConnector) ToAppConnectorOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectorOutput

type AppConnectorArgs added in v0.22.0

type AppConnectorArgs struct {
	// Optional. User-settable AppConnector resource ID. * Must start with a letter. * Must contain between 4-63 characters from `/a-z-/`. * Must end with a number or a letter.
	AppConnectorId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the AppConnector. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
	DisplayName pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
	Labels   pulumi.StringMapInput
	Location pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Unique resource name of the AppConnector. The name is ignored when creating a AppConnector.
	Name pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Principal information about the Identity of the AppConnector.
	PrincipalInfo GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoInput
	Project       pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
	RequestId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. Resource info of the connector.
	ResourceInfo GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a AppConnector resource.

func (AppConnectorArgs) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (AppConnectorArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type AppConnectorIamBinding added in v0.26.0

type AppConnectorIamBinding struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"members"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetAppConnectorIamBinding added in v0.26.0

func GetAppConnectorIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *AppConnectorIamBindingState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AppConnectorIamBinding, error)

GetAppConnectorIamBinding gets an existing AppConnectorIamBinding resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewAppConnectorIamBinding added in v0.26.0

func NewAppConnectorIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *AppConnectorIamBindingArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AppConnectorIamBinding, error)

NewAppConnectorIamBinding registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*AppConnectorIamBinding) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (*AppConnectorIamBinding) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*AppConnectorIamBinding) ToAppConnectorIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

func (i *AppConnectorIamBinding) ToAppConnectorIamBindingOutput() AppConnectorIamBindingOutput

func (*AppConnectorIamBinding) ToAppConnectorIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (i *AppConnectorIamBinding) ToAppConnectorIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectorIamBindingOutput

type AppConnectorIamBindingArgs added in v0.26.0

type AppConnectorIamBindingArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a AppConnectorIamBinding resource.

func (AppConnectorIamBindingArgs) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (AppConnectorIamBindingArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type AppConnectorIamBindingInput added in v0.26.0

type AppConnectorIamBindingInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAppConnectorIamBindingOutput() AppConnectorIamBindingOutput
	ToAppConnectorIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectorIamBindingOutput
}

type AppConnectorIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

type AppConnectorIamBindingOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AppConnectorIamBindingOutput) Condition added in v0.26.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (AppConnectorIamBindingOutput) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (AppConnectorIamBindingOutput) Etag added in v0.26.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (AppConnectorIamBindingOutput) Members added in v0.26.0

Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (AppConnectorIamBindingOutput) Name added in v0.26.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (AppConnectorIamBindingOutput) Project added in v0.26.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (AppConnectorIamBindingOutput) Role added in v0.26.0

The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.

func (AppConnectorIamBindingOutput) ToAppConnectorIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

func (o AppConnectorIamBindingOutput) ToAppConnectorIamBindingOutput() AppConnectorIamBindingOutput

func (AppConnectorIamBindingOutput) ToAppConnectorIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (o AppConnectorIamBindingOutput) ToAppConnectorIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectorIamBindingOutput

type AppConnectorIamBindingState added in v0.26.0

type AppConnectorIamBindingState struct {
}

func (AppConnectorIamBindingState) ElementType added in v0.26.0

type AppConnectorIamMember added in v0.26.0

type AppConnectorIamMember struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"member"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetAppConnectorIamMember added in v0.26.0

func GetAppConnectorIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *AppConnectorIamMemberState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AppConnectorIamMember, error)

GetAppConnectorIamMember gets an existing AppConnectorIamMember resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewAppConnectorIamMember added in v0.26.0

func NewAppConnectorIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *AppConnectorIamMemberArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AppConnectorIamMember, error)

NewAppConnectorIamMember registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*AppConnectorIamMember) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (*AppConnectorIamMember) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*AppConnectorIamMember) ToAppConnectorIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

func (i *AppConnectorIamMember) ToAppConnectorIamMemberOutput() AppConnectorIamMemberOutput

func (*AppConnectorIamMember) ToAppConnectorIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (i *AppConnectorIamMember) ToAppConnectorIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectorIamMemberOutput

type AppConnectorIamMemberArgs added in v0.26.0

type AppConnectorIamMemberArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a AppConnectorIamMember resource.

func (AppConnectorIamMemberArgs) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (AppConnectorIamMemberArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type AppConnectorIamMemberInput added in v0.26.0

type AppConnectorIamMemberInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAppConnectorIamMemberOutput() AppConnectorIamMemberOutput
	ToAppConnectorIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectorIamMemberOutput
}

type AppConnectorIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

type AppConnectorIamMemberOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AppConnectorIamMemberOutput) Condition added in v0.26.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (AppConnectorIamMemberOutput) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (AppConnectorIamMemberOutput) Etag added in v0.26.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (AppConnectorIamMemberOutput) Member added in v0.26.0

Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (AppConnectorIamMemberOutput) Name added in v0.26.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (AppConnectorIamMemberOutput) Project added in v0.26.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (AppConnectorIamMemberOutput) Role added in v0.26.0

The role that should be applied.

func (AppConnectorIamMemberOutput) ToAppConnectorIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

func (o AppConnectorIamMemberOutput) ToAppConnectorIamMemberOutput() AppConnectorIamMemberOutput

func (AppConnectorIamMemberOutput) ToAppConnectorIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (o AppConnectorIamMemberOutput) ToAppConnectorIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectorIamMemberOutput

type AppConnectorIamMemberState added in v0.26.0

type AppConnectorIamMemberState struct {
}

func (AppConnectorIamMemberState) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (AppConnectorIamMemberState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type AppConnectorIamPolicy

type AppConnectorIamPolicy struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	AppConnectorId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"appConnectorId"`
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag     pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	Location pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"location"`
	Project  pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntOutput `pulumi:"version"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors. Note - this resource's API doesn't support deletion. When deleted, the resource will persist on Google Cloud even though it will be deleted from Pulumi state.

func GetAppConnectorIamPolicy

func GetAppConnectorIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *AppConnectorIamPolicyState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AppConnectorIamPolicy, error)

GetAppConnectorIamPolicy gets an existing AppConnectorIamPolicy resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewAppConnectorIamPolicy

func NewAppConnectorIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *AppConnectorIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AppConnectorIamPolicy, error)

NewAppConnectorIamPolicy registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*AppConnectorIamPolicy) ElementType

func (*AppConnectorIamPolicy) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*AppConnectorIamPolicy) ToAppConnectorIamPolicyOutput

func (i *AppConnectorIamPolicy) ToAppConnectorIamPolicyOutput() AppConnectorIamPolicyOutput

func (*AppConnectorIamPolicy) ToAppConnectorIamPolicyOutputWithContext

func (i *AppConnectorIamPolicy) ToAppConnectorIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectorIamPolicyOutput

type AppConnectorIamPolicyArgs

type AppConnectorIamPolicyArgs struct {
	AppConnectorId pulumi.StringInput
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayInput
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings GoogleIamV1BindingArrayInput
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag     pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Location pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Project  pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
	UpdateMask pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a AppConnectorIamPolicy resource.

func (AppConnectorIamPolicyArgs) ElementType

func (AppConnectorIamPolicyArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type AppConnectorIamPolicyInput

type AppConnectorIamPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAppConnectorIamPolicyOutput() AppConnectorIamPolicyOutput
	ToAppConnectorIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectorIamPolicyOutput
}

type AppConnectorIamPolicyOutput

type AppConnectorIamPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AppConnectorIamPolicyOutput) AppConnectorId

func (o AppConnectorIamPolicyOutput) AppConnectorId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (AppConnectorIamPolicyOutput) AuditConfigs

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (AppConnectorIamPolicyOutput) Bindings

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (AppConnectorIamPolicyOutput) ElementType

func (AppConnectorIamPolicyOutput) Etag

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (AppConnectorIamPolicyOutput) Location

func (AppConnectorIamPolicyOutput) Project

func (AppConnectorIamPolicyOutput) ToAppConnectorIamPolicyOutput

func (o AppConnectorIamPolicyOutput) ToAppConnectorIamPolicyOutput() AppConnectorIamPolicyOutput

func (AppConnectorIamPolicyOutput) ToAppConnectorIamPolicyOutputWithContext

func (o AppConnectorIamPolicyOutput) ToAppConnectorIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectorIamPolicyOutput

func (AppConnectorIamPolicyOutput) Version

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type AppConnectorIamPolicyState

type AppConnectorIamPolicyState struct {
}

func (AppConnectorIamPolicyState) ElementType

func (AppConnectorIamPolicyState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type AppConnectorInput added in v0.22.0

type AppConnectorInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAppConnectorOutput() AppConnectorOutput
	ToAppConnectorOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectorOutput
}

type AppConnectorOutput added in v0.22.0

type AppConnectorOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AppConnectorOutput) AppConnectorId added in v0.22.0

func (o AppConnectorOutput) AppConnectorId() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. User-settable AppConnector resource ID. * Must start with a letter. * Must contain between 4-63 characters from `/a-z-/`. * Must end with a number or a letter.

func (AppConnectorOutput) CreateTime added in v0.22.0

func (o AppConnectorOutput) CreateTime() pulumi.StringOutput

Timestamp when the resource was created.

func (AppConnectorOutput) DisplayName added in v0.22.0

func (o AppConnectorOutput) DisplayName() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the AppConnector. Cannot exceed 64 characters.

func (AppConnectorOutput) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (AppConnectorOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (AppConnectorOutput) Labels added in v0.22.0

Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.

func (AppConnectorOutput) Location added in v0.22.0

func (o AppConnectorOutput) Location() pulumi.StringOutput

func (AppConnectorOutput) Name added in v0.22.0

Unique resource name of the AppConnector. The name is ignored when creating a AppConnector.

func (AppConnectorOutput) PrincipalInfo added in v0.22.0

Principal information about the Identity of the AppConnector.

func (AppConnectorOutput) Project added in v0.22.0

func (AppConnectorOutput) RequestId added in v0.22.0

Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).

func (AppConnectorOutput) ResourceInfo added in v0.22.0

Optional. Resource info of the connector.

func (AppConnectorOutput) State added in v0.22.0

The current state of the AppConnector.

func (AppConnectorOutput) ToAppConnectorOutput added in v0.22.0

func (o AppConnectorOutput) ToAppConnectorOutput() AppConnectorOutput

func (AppConnectorOutput) ToAppConnectorOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (o AppConnectorOutput) ToAppConnectorOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectorOutput

func (AppConnectorOutput) Uid added in v0.22.0

A unique identifier for the instance generated by the system.

func (AppConnectorOutput) UpdateTime added in v0.22.0

func (o AppConnectorOutput) UpdateTime() pulumi.StringOutput

Timestamp when the resource was last modified.

type AppConnectorState added in v0.22.0

type AppConnectorState struct {
}

func (AppConnectorState) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (AppConnectorState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type AppGateway added in v0.22.0

type AppGateway struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// A list of connections allocated for the Gateway
	AllocatedConnections AllocatedConnectionResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"allocatedConnections"`
	// Optional. User-settable AppGateway resource ID. * Must start with a letter. * Must contain between 4-63 characters from `/a-z-/`. * Must end with a number or a letter.
	AppGatewayId pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"appGatewayId"`
	// Timestamp when the resource was created.
	CreateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the AppGateway. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
	DisplayName pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"displayName"`
	// The type of hosting used by the AppGateway.
	HostType pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"hostType"`
	// Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
	Labels   pulumi.StringMapOutput `pulumi:"labels"`
	Location pulumi.StringOutput    `pulumi:"location"`
	// Unique resource name of the AppGateway. The name is ignored when creating an AppGateway.
	Name    pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
	RequestId pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"requestId"`
	// The current state of the AppGateway.
	State pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"state"`
	// The type of network connectivity used by the AppGateway.
	Type pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"type"`
	// A unique identifier for the instance generated by the system.
	Uid pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"uid"`
	// Timestamp when the resource was last modified.
	UpdateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"updateTime"`
	// Server-defined URI for this resource.
	Uri pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"uri"`
}

Creates a new AppGateway in a given project and location.

func GetAppGateway added in v0.22.0

func GetAppGateway(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *AppGatewayState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AppGateway, error)

GetAppGateway gets an existing AppGateway resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewAppGateway added in v0.22.0

func NewAppGateway(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *AppGatewayArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AppGateway, error)

NewAppGateway registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*AppGateway) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (*AppGateway) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*AppGateway) ToAppGatewayOutput added in v0.22.0

func (i *AppGateway) ToAppGatewayOutput() AppGatewayOutput

func (*AppGateway) ToAppGatewayOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (i *AppGateway) ToAppGatewayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppGatewayOutput

type AppGatewayArgs added in v0.22.0

type AppGatewayArgs struct {
	// Optional. User-settable AppGateway resource ID. * Must start with a letter. * Must contain between 4-63 characters from `/a-z-/`. * Must end with a number or a letter.
	AppGatewayId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the AppGateway. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
	DisplayName pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// The type of hosting used by the AppGateway.
	HostType AppGatewayHostTypeInput
	// Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
	Labels   pulumi.StringMapInput
	Location pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Unique resource name of the AppGateway. The name is ignored when creating an AppGateway.
	Name    pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Project pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
	RequestId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// The type of network connectivity used by the AppGateway.
	Type AppGatewayTypeInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a AppGateway resource.

func (AppGatewayArgs) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (AppGatewayArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type AppGatewayHostType added in v0.22.0

type AppGatewayHostType string

Required. The type of hosting used by the AppGateway.

func (AppGatewayHostType) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (AppGatewayHostType) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (AppGatewayHostType) ToAppGatewayHostTypeOutput added in v0.22.0

func (e AppGatewayHostType) ToAppGatewayHostTypeOutput() AppGatewayHostTypeOutput

func (AppGatewayHostType) ToAppGatewayHostTypeOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (e AppGatewayHostType) ToAppGatewayHostTypeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppGatewayHostTypeOutput

func (AppGatewayHostType) ToAppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput added in v0.22.0

func (e AppGatewayHostType) ToAppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput() AppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput

func (AppGatewayHostType) ToAppGatewayHostTypePtrOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (e AppGatewayHostType) ToAppGatewayHostTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput

func (AppGatewayHostType) ToStringOutput added in v0.22.0

func (e AppGatewayHostType) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput

func (AppGatewayHostType) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (e AppGatewayHostType) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (AppGatewayHostType) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.22.0

func (e AppGatewayHostType) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (AppGatewayHostType) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (e AppGatewayHostType) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type AppGatewayHostTypeInput added in v0.22.0

type AppGatewayHostTypeInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAppGatewayHostTypeOutput() AppGatewayHostTypeOutput
	ToAppGatewayHostTypeOutputWithContext(context.Context) AppGatewayHostTypeOutput
}

AppGatewayHostTypeInput is an input type that accepts AppGatewayHostTypeArgs and AppGatewayHostTypeOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `AppGatewayHostTypeInput` via:

AppGatewayHostTypeArgs{...}

type AppGatewayHostTypeOutput added in v0.22.0

type AppGatewayHostTypeOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AppGatewayHostTypeOutput) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (AppGatewayHostTypeOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (AppGatewayHostTypeOutput) ToAppGatewayHostTypeOutput added in v0.22.0

func (o AppGatewayHostTypeOutput) ToAppGatewayHostTypeOutput() AppGatewayHostTypeOutput

func (AppGatewayHostTypeOutput) ToAppGatewayHostTypeOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (o AppGatewayHostTypeOutput) ToAppGatewayHostTypeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppGatewayHostTypeOutput

func (AppGatewayHostTypeOutput) ToAppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput added in v0.22.0

func (o AppGatewayHostTypeOutput) ToAppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput() AppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput

func (AppGatewayHostTypeOutput) ToAppGatewayHostTypePtrOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (o AppGatewayHostTypeOutput) ToAppGatewayHostTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput

func (AppGatewayHostTypeOutput) ToStringOutput added in v0.22.0

func (o AppGatewayHostTypeOutput) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput

func (AppGatewayHostTypeOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (o AppGatewayHostTypeOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (AppGatewayHostTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.22.0

func (o AppGatewayHostTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (AppGatewayHostTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (o AppGatewayHostTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type AppGatewayHostTypePtrInput added in v0.22.0

type AppGatewayHostTypePtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput() AppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput
	ToAppGatewayHostTypePtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) AppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput
}

func AppGatewayHostTypePtr added in v0.22.0

func AppGatewayHostTypePtr(v string) AppGatewayHostTypePtrInput

type AppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput added in v0.22.0

type AppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput) Elem added in v0.22.0

func (AppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (AppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput) ToAppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput added in v0.22.0

func (o AppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput) ToAppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput() AppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput

func (AppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput) ToAppGatewayHostTypePtrOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (o AppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput) ToAppGatewayHostTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput

func (AppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.22.0

func (o AppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (AppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (o AppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type AppGatewayIamBinding added in v0.26.0

type AppGatewayIamBinding struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"members"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetAppGatewayIamBinding added in v0.26.0

func GetAppGatewayIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *AppGatewayIamBindingState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AppGatewayIamBinding, error)

GetAppGatewayIamBinding gets an existing AppGatewayIamBinding resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewAppGatewayIamBinding added in v0.26.0

func NewAppGatewayIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *AppGatewayIamBindingArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AppGatewayIamBinding, error)

NewAppGatewayIamBinding registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*AppGatewayIamBinding) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (*AppGatewayIamBinding) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*AppGatewayIamBinding) ToAppGatewayIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

func (i *AppGatewayIamBinding) ToAppGatewayIamBindingOutput() AppGatewayIamBindingOutput

func (*AppGatewayIamBinding) ToAppGatewayIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (i *AppGatewayIamBinding) ToAppGatewayIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppGatewayIamBindingOutput

type AppGatewayIamBindingArgs added in v0.26.0

type AppGatewayIamBindingArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a AppGatewayIamBinding resource.

func (AppGatewayIamBindingArgs) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (AppGatewayIamBindingArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type AppGatewayIamBindingInput added in v0.26.0

type AppGatewayIamBindingInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAppGatewayIamBindingOutput() AppGatewayIamBindingOutput
	ToAppGatewayIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppGatewayIamBindingOutput
}

type AppGatewayIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

type AppGatewayIamBindingOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AppGatewayIamBindingOutput) Condition added in v0.26.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (AppGatewayIamBindingOutput) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (AppGatewayIamBindingOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (AppGatewayIamBindingOutput) Etag added in v0.26.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (AppGatewayIamBindingOutput) Members added in v0.26.0

Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (AppGatewayIamBindingOutput) Name added in v0.26.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (AppGatewayIamBindingOutput) Project added in v0.26.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (AppGatewayIamBindingOutput) Role added in v0.26.0

The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.

func (AppGatewayIamBindingOutput) ToAppGatewayIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

func (o AppGatewayIamBindingOutput) ToAppGatewayIamBindingOutput() AppGatewayIamBindingOutput

func (AppGatewayIamBindingOutput) ToAppGatewayIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (o AppGatewayIamBindingOutput) ToAppGatewayIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppGatewayIamBindingOutput

type AppGatewayIamBindingState added in v0.26.0

type AppGatewayIamBindingState struct {
}

func (AppGatewayIamBindingState) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (AppGatewayIamBindingState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type AppGatewayIamMember added in v0.26.0

type AppGatewayIamMember struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"member"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetAppGatewayIamMember added in v0.26.0

func GetAppGatewayIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *AppGatewayIamMemberState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AppGatewayIamMember, error)

GetAppGatewayIamMember gets an existing AppGatewayIamMember resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewAppGatewayIamMember added in v0.26.0

func NewAppGatewayIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *AppGatewayIamMemberArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AppGatewayIamMember, error)

NewAppGatewayIamMember registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*AppGatewayIamMember) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (*AppGatewayIamMember) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*AppGatewayIamMember) ToAppGatewayIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

func (i *AppGatewayIamMember) ToAppGatewayIamMemberOutput() AppGatewayIamMemberOutput

func (*AppGatewayIamMember) ToAppGatewayIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (i *AppGatewayIamMember) ToAppGatewayIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppGatewayIamMemberOutput

type AppGatewayIamMemberArgs added in v0.26.0

type AppGatewayIamMemberArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a AppGatewayIamMember resource.

func (AppGatewayIamMemberArgs) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (AppGatewayIamMemberArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type AppGatewayIamMemberInput added in v0.26.0

type AppGatewayIamMemberInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAppGatewayIamMemberOutput() AppGatewayIamMemberOutput
	ToAppGatewayIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppGatewayIamMemberOutput
}

type AppGatewayIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

type AppGatewayIamMemberOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AppGatewayIamMemberOutput) Condition added in v0.26.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (AppGatewayIamMemberOutput) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (AppGatewayIamMemberOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (AppGatewayIamMemberOutput) Etag added in v0.26.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (AppGatewayIamMemberOutput) Member added in v0.26.0

Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (AppGatewayIamMemberOutput) Name added in v0.26.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (AppGatewayIamMemberOutput) Project added in v0.26.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (AppGatewayIamMemberOutput) Role added in v0.26.0

The role that should be applied.

func (AppGatewayIamMemberOutput) ToAppGatewayIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

func (o AppGatewayIamMemberOutput) ToAppGatewayIamMemberOutput() AppGatewayIamMemberOutput

func (AppGatewayIamMemberOutput) ToAppGatewayIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (o AppGatewayIamMemberOutput) ToAppGatewayIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppGatewayIamMemberOutput

type AppGatewayIamMemberState added in v0.26.0

type AppGatewayIamMemberState struct {
}

func (AppGatewayIamMemberState) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (AppGatewayIamMemberState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type AppGatewayIamPolicy

type AppGatewayIamPolicy struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	AppGatewayId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"appGatewayId"`
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag     pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	Location pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"location"`
	Project  pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntOutput `pulumi:"version"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors. Note - this resource's API doesn't support deletion. When deleted, the resource will persist on Google Cloud even though it will be deleted from Pulumi state.

func GetAppGatewayIamPolicy

func GetAppGatewayIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *AppGatewayIamPolicyState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AppGatewayIamPolicy, error)

GetAppGatewayIamPolicy gets an existing AppGatewayIamPolicy resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewAppGatewayIamPolicy

func NewAppGatewayIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *AppGatewayIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AppGatewayIamPolicy, error)

NewAppGatewayIamPolicy registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*AppGatewayIamPolicy) ElementType

func (*AppGatewayIamPolicy) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*AppGatewayIamPolicy) ToAppGatewayIamPolicyOutput

func (i *AppGatewayIamPolicy) ToAppGatewayIamPolicyOutput() AppGatewayIamPolicyOutput

func (*AppGatewayIamPolicy) ToAppGatewayIamPolicyOutputWithContext

func (i *AppGatewayIamPolicy) ToAppGatewayIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppGatewayIamPolicyOutput

type AppGatewayIamPolicyArgs

type AppGatewayIamPolicyArgs struct {
	AppGatewayId pulumi.StringInput
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayInput
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings GoogleIamV1BindingArrayInput
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag     pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Location pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Project  pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
	UpdateMask pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a AppGatewayIamPolicy resource.

func (AppGatewayIamPolicyArgs) ElementType

func (AppGatewayIamPolicyArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type AppGatewayIamPolicyInput

type AppGatewayIamPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAppGatewayIamPolicyOutput() AppGatewayIamPolicyOutput
	ToAppGatewayIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppGatewayIamPolicyOutput
}

type AppGatewayIamPolicyOutput

type AppGatewayIamPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AppGatewayIamPolicyOutput) AppGatewayId

func (AppGatewayIamPolicyOutput) AuditConfigs

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (AppGatewayIamPolicyOutput) Bindings

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (AppGatewayIamPolicyOutput) ElementType

func (AppGatewayIamPolicyOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (AppGatewayIamPolicyOutput) Etag

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (AppGatewayIamPolicyOutput) Location

func (AppGatewayIamPolicyOutput) Project

func (AppGatewayIamPolicyOutput) ToAppGatewayIamPolicyOutput

func (o AppGatewayIamPolicyOutput) ToAppGatewayIamPolicyOutput() AppGatewayIamPolicyOutput

func (AppGatewayIamPolicyOutput) ToAppGatewayIamPolicyOutputWithContext

func (o AppGatewayIamPolicyOutput) ToAppGatewayIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppGatewayIamPolicyOutput

func (AppGatewayIamPolicyOutput) Version

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type AppGatewayIamPolicyState

type AppGatewayIamPolicyState struct {
}

func (AppGatewayIamPolicyState) ElementType

func (AppGatewayIamPolicyState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type AppGatewayInput added in v0.22.0

type AppGatewayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAppGatewayOutput() AppGatewayOutput
	ToAppGatewayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppGatewayOutput
}

type AppGatewayOutput added in v0.22.0

type AppGatewayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AppGatewayOutput) AllocatedConnections added in v0.22.0

A list of connections allocated for the Gateway

func (AppGatewayOutput) AppGatewayId added in v0.22.0

func (o AppGatewayOutput) AppGatewayId() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. User-settable AppGateway resource ID. * Must start with a letter. * Must contain between 4-63 characters from `/a-z-/`. * Must end with a number or a letter.

func (AppGatewayOutput) CreateTime added in v0.22.0

func (o AppGatewayOutput) CreateTime() pulumi.StringOutput

Timestamp when the resource was created.

func (AppGatewayOutput) DisplayName added in v0.22.0

func (o AppGatewayOutput) DisplayName() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the AppGateway. Cannot exceed 64 characters.

func (AppGatewayOutput) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (AppGatewayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (AppGatewayOutput) HostType added in v0.22.0

func (o AppGatewayOutput) HostType() pulumi.StringOutput

The type of hosting used by the AppGateway.

func (AppGatewayOutput) Labels added in v0.22.0

Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.

func (AppGatewayOutput) Location added in v0.22.0

func (o AppGatewayOutput) Location() pulumi.StringOutput

func (AppGatewayOutput) Name added in v0.22.0

Unique resource name of the AppGateway. The name is ignored when creating an AppGateway.

func (AppGatewayOutput) Project added in v0.22.0

func (o AppGatewayOutput) Project() pulumi.StringOutput

func (AppGatewayOutput) RequestId added in v0.22.0

func (o AppGatewayOutput) RequestId() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).

func (AppGatewayOutput) State added in v0.22.0

The current state of the AppGateway.

func (AppGatewayOutput) ToAppGatewayOutput added in v0.22.0

func (o AppGatewayOutput) ToAppGatewayOutput() AppGatewayOutput

func (AppGatewayOutput) ToAppGatewayOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (o AppGatewayOutput) ToAppGatewayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppGatewayOutput

func (AppGatewayOutput) Type added in v0.22.0

The type of network connectivity used by the AppGateway.

func (AppGatewayOutput) Uid added in v0.22.0

A unique identifier for the instance generated by the system.

func (AppGatewayOutput) UpdateTime added in v0.22.0

func (o AppGatewayOutput) UpdateTime() pulumi.StringOutput

Timestamp when the resource was last modified.

func (AppGatewayOutput) Uri added in v0.22.0

Server-defined URI for this resource.

type AppGatewayState added in v0.22.0

type AppGatewayState struct {
}

func (AppGatewayState) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (AppGatewayState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type AppGatewayType added in v0.22.0

type AppGatewayType string

Required. The type of network connectivity used by the AppGateway.

func (AppGatewayType) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (AppGatewayType) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (AppGatewayType) ToAppGatewayTypeOutput added in v0.22.0

func (e AppGatewayType) ToAppGatewayTypeOutput() AppGatewayTypeOutput

func (AppGatewayType) ToAppGatewayTypeOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (e AppGatewayType) ToAppGatewayTypeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppGatewayTypeOutput

func (AppGatewayType) ToAppGatewayTypePtrOutput added in v0.22.0

func (e AppGatewayType) ToAppGatewayTypePtrOutput() AppGatewayTypePtrOutput

func (AppGatewayType) ToAppGatewayTypePtrOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (e AppGatewayType) ToAppGatewayTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppGatewayTypePtrOutput

func (AppGatewayType) ToStringOutput added in v0.22.0

func (e AppGatewayType) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput

func (AppGatewayType) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (e AppGatewayType) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (AppGatewayType) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.22.0

func (e AppGatewayType) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (AppGatewayType) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (e AppGatewayType) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type AppGatewayTypeInput added in v0.22.0

type AppGatewayTypeInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAppGatewayTypeOutput() AppGatewayTypeOutput
	ToAppGatewayTypeOutputWithContext(context.Context) AppGatewayTypeOutput
}

AppGatewayTypeInput is an input type that accepts AppGatewayTypeArgs and AppGatewayTypeOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `AppGatewayTypeInput` via:

AppGatewayTypeArgs{...}

type AppGatewayTypeOutput added in v0.22.0

type AppGatewayTypeOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AppGatewayTypeOutput) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (AppGatewayTypeOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (AppGatewayTypeOutput) ToAppGatewayTypeOutput added in v0.22.0

func (o AppGatewayTypeOutput) ToAppGatewayTypeOutput() AppGatewayTypeOutput

func (AppGatewayTypeOutput) ToAppGatewayTypeOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (o AppGatewayTypeOutput) ToAppGatewayTypeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppGatewayTypeOutput

func (AppGatewayTypeOutput) ToAppGatewayTypePtrOutput added in v0.22.0

func (o AppGatewayTypeOutput) ToAppGatewayTypePtrOutput() AppGatewayTypePtrOutput

func (AppGatewayTypeOutput) ToAppGatewayTypePtrOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (o AppGatewayTypeOutput) ToAppGatewayTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppGatewayTypePtrOutput

func (AppGatewayTypeOutput) ToStringOutput added in v0.22.0

func (o AppGatewayTypeOutput) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput

func (AppGatewayTypeOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (o AppGatewayTypeOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (AppGatewayTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.22.0

func (o AppGatewayTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (AppGatewayTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (o AppGatewayTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type AppGatewayTypePtrInput added in v0.22.0

type AppGatewayTypePtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAppGatewayTypePtrOutput() AppGatewayTypePtrOutput
	ToAppGatewayTypePtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) AppGatewayTypePtrOutput
}

func AppGatewayTypePtr added in v0.22.0

func AppGatewayTypePtr(v string) AppGatewayTypePtrInput

type AppGatewayTypePtrOutput added in v0.22.0

type AppGatewayTypePtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AppGatewayTypePtrOutput) Elem added in v0.22.0

func (AppGatewayTypePtrOutput) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (AppGatewayTypePtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (AppGatewayTypePtrOutput) ToAppGatewayTypePtrOutput added in v0.22.0

func (o AppGatewayTypePtrOutput) ToAppGatewayTypePtrOutput() AppGatewayTypePtrOutput

func (AppGatewayTypePtrOutput) ToAppGatewayTypePtrOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (o AppGatewayTypePtrOutput) ToAppGatewayTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppGatewayTypePtrOutput

func (AppGatewayTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.22.0

func (o AppGatewayTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (AppGatewayTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (o AppGatewayTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type ClientConnectorServiceIamBinding added in v0.26.0

type ClientConnectorServiceIamBinding struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"members"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetClientConnectorServiceIamBinding added in v0.26.0

func GetClientConnectorServiceIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ClientConnectorServiceIamBinding, error)

GetClientConnectorServiceIamBinding gets an existing ClientConnectorServiceIamBinding resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewClientConnectorServiceIamBinding added in v0.26.0

func NewClientConnectorServiceIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ClientConnectorServiceIamBinding, error)

NewClientConnectorServiceIamBinding registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*ClientConnectorServiceIamBinding) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (*ClientConnectorServiceIamBinding) ToClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

func (i *ClientConnectorServiceIamBinding) ToClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutput() ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutput

func (*ClientConnectorServiceIamBinding) ToClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (i *ClientConnectorServiceIamBinding) ToClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutput

type ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingArgs added in v0.26.0

type ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a ClientConnectorServiceIamBinding resource.

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingArgs) ElementType added in v0.26.0

type ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingInput added in v0.26.0

type ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutput() ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutput
	ToClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutput
}

type ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

type ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutput) Condition added in v0.26.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutput) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutput) Etag added in v0.26.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutput) Members added in v0.26.0

Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutput) Name added in v0.26.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutput) Project added in v0.26.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutput) Role added in v0.26.0

The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutput) ToClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

func (o ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutput) ToClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutput() ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutput

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutput) ToClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (o ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutput) ToClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutput

type ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingState added in v0.26.0

type ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingState struct {
}

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingState) ElementType added in v0.26.0

type ClientConnectorServiceIamMember added in v0.26.0

type ClientConnectorServiceIamMember struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"member"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetClientConnectorServiceIamMember added in v0.26.0

func GetClientConnectorServiceIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ClientConnectorServiceIamMember, error)

GetClientConnectorServiceIamMember gets an existing ClientConnectorServiceIamMember resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewClientConnectorServiceIamMember added in v0.26.0

func NewClientConnectorServiceIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ClientConnectorServiceIamMember, error)

NewClientConnectorServiceIamMember registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*ClientConnectorServiceIamMember) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (*ClientConnectorServiceIamMember) ToClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

func (i *ClientConnectorServiceIamMember) ToClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutput() ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutput

func (*ClientConnectorServiceIamMember) ToClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (i *ClientConnectorServiceIamMember) ToClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutput

type ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberArgs added in v0.26.0

type ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a ClientConnectorServiceIamMember resource.

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberArgs) ElementType added in v0.26.0

type ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberInput added in v0.26.0

type ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutput() ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutput
	ToClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutput
}

type ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

type ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutput) Condition added in v0.26.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutput) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutput) Etag added in v0.26.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutput) Member added in v0.26.0

Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutput) Name added in v0.26.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutput) Project added in v0.26.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutput) Role added in v0.26.0

The role that should be applied.

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutput) ToClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

func (o ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutput) ToClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutput() ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutput

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutput) ToClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (o ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutput) ToClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutput

type ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberState added in v0.26.0

type ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberState struct {
}

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberState) ElementType added in v0.26.0

type ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicy

type ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicy struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings                 GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"bindings"`
	ClientConnectorServiceId pulumi.StringOutput                   `pulumi:"clientConnectorServiceId"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag     pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	Location pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"location"`
	Project  pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntOutput `pulumi:"version"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors. Note - this resource's API doesn't support deletion. When deleted, the resource will persist on Google Cloud even though it will be deleted from Pulumi state.

func GetClientConnectorServiceIamPolicy

func GetClientConnectorServiceIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicy, error)

GetClientConnectorServiceIamPolicy gets an existing ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicy resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewClientConnectorServiceIamPolicy

func NewClientConnectorServiceIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicy, error)

NewClientConnectorServiceIamPolicy registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicy) ElementType

func (*ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicy) ToClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput

func (i *ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicy) ToClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput() ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput

func (*ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicy) ToClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutputWithContext

func (i *ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicy) ToClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput

type ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyArgs

type ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyArgs struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayInput
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings                 GoogleIamV1BindingArrayInput
	ClientConnectorServiceId pulumi.StringInput
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag     pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Location pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Project  pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
	UpdateMask pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicy resource.

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyArgs) ElementType

type ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyInput

type ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput() ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput
	ToClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput
}

type ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput

type ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput) AuditConfigs

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput) Bindings

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput) ClientConnectorServiceId

func (o ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput) ClientConnectorServiceId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput) ElementType

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput) Etag

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput) Location

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput) Project

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput) ToClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput

func (o ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput) ToClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput() ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput) ToClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutputWithContext

func (o ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput) ToClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput) Version

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyState

type ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyState struct {
}

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyState) ElementType

type ClientGatewayIamBinding added in v0.26.0

type ClientGatewayIamBinding struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"members"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetClientGatewayIamBinding added in v0.26.0

func GetClientGatewayIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *ClientGatewayIamBindingState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ClientGatewayIamBinding, error)

GetClientGatewayIamBinding gets an existing ClientGatewayIamBinding resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewClientGatewayIamBinding added in v0.26.0

func NewClientGatewayIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *ClientGatewayIamBindingArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ClientGatewayIamBinding, error)

NewClientGatewayIamBinding registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*ClientGatewayIamBinding) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (*ClientGatewayIamBinding) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*ClientGatewayIamBinding) ToClientGatewayIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

func (i *ClientGatewayIamBinding) ToClientGatewayIamBindingOutput() ClientGatewayIamBindingOutput

func (*ClientGatewayIamBinding) ToClientGatewayIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (i *ClientGatewayIamBinding) ToClientGatewayIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ClientGatewayIamBindingOutput

type ClientGatewayIamBindingArgs added in v0.26.0

type ClientGatewayIamBindingArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a ClientGatewayIamBinding resource.

func (ClientGatewayIamBindingArgs) ElementType added in v0.26.0

type ClientGatewayIamBindingInput added in v0.26.0

type ClientGatewayIamBindingInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToClientGatewayIamBindingOutput() ClientGatewayIamBindingOutput
	ToClientGatewayIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ClientGatewayIamBindingOutput
}

type ClientGatewayIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

type ClientGatewayIamBindingOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ClientGatewayIamBindingOutput) Condition added in v0.26.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (ClientGatewayIamBindingOutput) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (ClientGatewayIamBindingOutput) Etag added in v0.26.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (ClientGatewayIamBindingOutput) Members added in v0.26.0

Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (ClientGatewayIamBindingOutput) Name added in v0.26.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (ClientGatewayIamBindingOutput) Project added in v0.26.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (ClientGatewayIamBindingOutput) Role added in v0.26.0

The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.

func (ClientGatewayIamBindingOutput) ToClientGatewayIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

func (o ClientGatewayIamBindingOutput) ToClientGatewayIamBindingOutput() ClientGatewayIamBindingOutput

func (ClientGatewayIamBindingOutput) ToClientGatewayIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (o ClientGatewayIamBindingOutput) ToClientGatewayIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ClientGatewayIamBindingOutput

type ClientGatewayIamBindingState added in v0.26.0

type ClientGatewayIamBindingState struct {
}

func (ClientGatewayIamBindingState) ElementType added in v0.26.0

type ClientGatewayIamMember added in v0.26.0

type ClientGatewayIamMember struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"member"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetClientGatewayIamMember added in v0.26.0

func GetClientGatewayIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *ClientGatewayIamMemberState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ClientGatewayIamMember, error)

GetClientGatewayIamMember gets an existing ClientGatewayIamMember resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewClientGatewayIamMember added in v0.26.0

func NewClientGatewayIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *ClientGatewayIamMemberArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ClientGatewayIamMember, error)

NewClientGatewayIamMember registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*ClientGatewayIamMember) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (*ClientGatewayIamMember) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*ClientGatewayIamMember) ToClientGatewayIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

func (i *ClientGatewayIamMember) ToClientGatewayIamMemberOutput() ClientGatewayIamMemberOutput

func (*ClientGatewayIamMember) ToClientGatewayIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (i *ClientGatewayIamMember) ToClientGatewayIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ClientGatewayIamMemberOutput

type ClientGatewayIamMemberArgs added in v0.26.0

type ClientGatewayIamMemberArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a ClientGatewayIamMember resource.

func (ClientGatewayIamMemberArgs) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (ClientGatewayIamMemberArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type ClientGatewayIamMemberInput added in v0.26.0

type ClientGatewayIamMemberInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToClientGatewayIamMemberOutput() ClientGatewayIamMemberOutput
	ToClientGatewayIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ClientGatewayIamMemberOutput
}

type ClientGatewayIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

type ClientGatewayIamMemberOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ClientGatewayIamMemberOutput) Condition added in v0.26.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (ClientGatewayIamMemberOutput) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (ClientGatewayIamMemberOutput) Etag added in v0.26.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (ClientGatewayIamMemberOutput) Member added in v0.26.0

Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (ClientGatewayIamMemberOutput) Name added in v0.26.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (ClientGatewayIamMemberOutput) Project added in v0.26.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (ClientGatewayIamMemberOutput) Role added in v0.26.0

The role that should be applied.

func (ClientGatewayIamMemberOutput) ToClientGatewayIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

func (o ClientGatewayIamMemberOutput) ToClientGatewayIamMemberOutput() ClientGatewayIamMemberOutput

func (ClientGatewayIamMemberOutput) ToClientGatewayIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (o ClientGatewayIamMemberOutput) ToClientGatewayIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ClientGatewayIamMemberOutput

type ClientGatewayIamMemberState added in v0.26.0

type ClientGatewayIamMemberState struct {
}

func (ClientGatewayIamMemberState) ElementType added in v0.26.0

type ClientGatewayIamPolicy

type ClientGatewayIamPolicy struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings        GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"bindings"`
	ClientGatewayId pulumi.StringOutput                   `pulumi:"clientGatewayId"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag     pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	Location pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"location"`
	Project  pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntOutput `pulumi:"version"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors. Note - this resource's API doesn't support deletion. When deleted, the resource will persist on Google Cloud even though it will be deleted from Pulumi state.

func GetClientGatewayIamPolicy

func GetClientGatewayIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *ClientGatewayIamPolicyState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ClientGatewayIamPolicy, error)

GetClientGatewayIamPolicy gets an existing ClientGatewayIamPolicy resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewClientGatewayIamPolicy

func NewClientGatewayIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *ClientGatewayIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ClientGatewayIamPolicy, error)

NewClientGatewayIamPolicy registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*ClientGatewayIamPolicy) ElementType

func (*ClientGatewayIamPolicy) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*ClientGatewayIamPolicy) ToClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput

func (i *ClientGatewayIamPolicy) ToClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput() ClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput

func (*ClientGatewayIamPolicy) ToClientGatewayIamPolicyOutputWithContext

func (i *ClientGatewayIamPolicy) ToClientGatewayIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput

type ClientGatewayIamPolicyArgs

type ClientGatewayIamPolicyArgs struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayInput
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings        GoogleIamV1BindingArrayInput
	ClientGatewayId pulumi.StringInput
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag     pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Location pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Project  pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
	UpdateMask pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a ClientGatewayIamPolicy resource.

func (ClientGatewayIamPolicyArgs) ElementType

func (ClientGatewayIamPolicyArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type ClientGatewayIamPolicyInput

type ClientGatewayIamPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput() ClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput
	ToClientGatewayIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput
}

type ClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput

type ClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput) AuditConfigs

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (ClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput) Bindings

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (ClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput) ClientGatewayId

func (o ClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput) ClientGatewayId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (ClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput) ElementType

func (ClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput) Etag

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (ClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput) Location

func (ClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput) Project

func (ClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput) ToClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput

func (o ClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput) ToClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput() ClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput

func (ClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput) ToClientGatewayIamPolicyOutputWithContext

func (o ClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput) ToClientGatewayIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput

func (ClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput) Version

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type ClientGatewayIamPolicyState

type ClientGatewayIamPolicyState struct {
}

func (ClientGatewayIamPolicyState) ElementType

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionApplicationEndpoint added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionApplicationEndpoint struct {
	// Hostname or IP address of the remote application endpoint.
	Host string `pulumi:"host"`
	// Port of the remote application endpoint.
	Port int `pulumi:"port"`
}

ApplicationEndpoint represents a remote application endpoint.

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionApplicationEndpointArgs added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionApplicationEndpointArgs struct {
	// Hostname or IP address of the remote application endpoint.
	Host pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"host"`
	// Port of the remote application endpoint.
	Port pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"port"`
}

ApplicationEndpoint represents a remote application endpoint.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionApplicationEndpointArgs) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionApplicationEndpointArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionApplicationEndpointOutput added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionApplicationEndpointArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionApplicationEndpointOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (i GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionApplicationEndpointArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionApplicationEndpointOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionApplicationEndpointOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionApplicationEndpointInput added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionApplicationEndpointInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionApplicationEndpointOutput() GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionApplicationEndpointOutput
	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionApplicationEndpointOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionApplicationEndpointOutput
}

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionApplicationEndpointInput is an input type that accepts GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionApplicationEndpointArgs and GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionApplicationEndpointOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionApplicationEndpointInput` via:

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionApplicationEndpointArgs{...}

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionApplicationEndpointOutput added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionApplicationEndpointOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

ApplicationEndpoint represents a remote application endpoint.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionApplicationEndpointOutput) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionApplicationEndpointOutput) Host added in v0.22.0

Hostname or IP address of the remote application endpoint.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionApplicationEndpointOutput) Port added in v0.22.0

Port of the remote application endpoint.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionApplicationEndpointOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionApplicationEndpointOutput added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionApplicationEndpointOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionApplicationEndpointOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionApplicationEndpointResponse added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionApplicationEndpointResponse struct {
	// Hostname or IP address of the remote application endpoint.
	Host string `pulumi:"host"`
	// Port of the remote application endpoint.
	Port int `pulumi:"port"`
}

ApplicationEndpoint represents a remote application endpoint.

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionApplicationEndpointResponseOutput added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionApplicationEndpointResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

ApplicationEndpoint represents a remote application endpoint.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionApplicationEndpointResponseOutput) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionApplicationEndpointResponseOutput) Host added in v0.22.0

Hostname or IP address of the remote application endpoint.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionApplicationEndpointResponseOutput) Port added in v0.22.0

Port of the remote application endpoint.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionApplicationEndpointResponseOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionApplicationEndpointResponseOutput added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionApplicationEndpointResponseOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionApplicationEndpointResponseOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGateway added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGateway struct {
	// AppGateway name in following format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/appgateways/{gateway_id}`
	AppGateway string `pulumi:"appGateway"`
	// The type of hosting used by the gateway.
	Type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayType `pulumi:"type"`
}

Gateway represents a user facing component that serves as an entrance to enable connectivity.

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayArgs added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayArgs struct {
	// AppGateway name in following format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/appgateways/{gateway_id}`
	AppGateway pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"appGateway"`
	// The type of hosting used by the gateway.
	Type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypeInput `pulumi:"type"`
}

Gateway represents a user facing component that serves as an entrance to enable connectivity.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayArgs) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayOutput added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (i GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayPtrOutput added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (i GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayPtrOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayInput added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayOutput() GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayOutput
	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayOutput
}

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayInput is an input type that accepts GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayArgs and GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayInput` via:

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayArgs{...}

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayOutput added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Gateway represents a user facing component that serves as an entrance to enable connectivity.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayOutput) AppGateway added in v0.22.0

AppGateway name in following format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/appgateways/{gateway_id}`

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayOutput) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayOutput added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (o GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayPtrOutput added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (o GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayPtrOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayOutput) Type added in v0.22.0

The type of hosting used by the gateway.

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayPtrInput added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayPtrOutput() GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayPtrOutput
	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayPtrOutput
}

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayPtrInput is an input type that accepts GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayArgs, GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayPtr and GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayPtrInput` via:

        GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayArgs{...}

or:

        nil

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayPtrOutput added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayPtrOutput) AppGateway added in v0.22.0

AppGateway name in following format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/appgateways/{gateway_id}`

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayPtrOutput) Elem added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayPtrOutput) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayPtrOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayPtrOutput added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayPtrOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (o GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayPtrOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayPtrOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayPtrOutput) Type added in v0.22.0

The type of hosting used by the gateway.

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayResponse added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayResponse struct {
	// AppGateway name in following format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/appgateways/{gateway_id}`
	AppGateway string `pulumi:"appGateway"`
	// Ingress port reserved on the gateways for this AppConnection, if not specified or zero, the default port is 19443.
	IngressPort int `pulumi:"ingressPort"`
	// L7 private service connection for this resource.
	L7psc string `pulumi:"l7psc"`
	// The type of hosting used by the gateway.
	Type string `pulumi:"type"`
	// Server-defined URI for this resource.
	Uri string `pulumi:"uri"`
}

Gateway represents a user facing component that serves as an entrance to enable connectivity.

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayResponseOutput added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Gateway represents a user facing component that serves as an entrance to enable connectivity.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayResponseOutput) AppGateway added in v0.22.0

AppGateway name in following format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/appgateways/{gateway_id}`

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayResponseOutput) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayResponseOutput) IngressPort added in v0.22.0

Ingress port reserved on the gateways for this AppConnection, if not specified or zero, the default port is 19443.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayResponseOutput) L7psc added in v0.23.0

L7 private service connection for this resource.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayResponseOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayResponseOutput added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayResponseOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayResponseOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (o GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayResponseOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayResponseOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayResponseOutput) Type added in v0.22.0

The type of hosting used by the gateway.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayResponseOutput) Uri added in v0.22.0

Server-defined URI for this resource.

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayType added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayType string

Required. The type of hosting used by the gateway.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayType) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayType) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypeOutput added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayType) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypeOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (e GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayType) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypeOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayType) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypePtrOutput added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayType) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypePtrOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (e GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayType) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypePtrOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayType) ToStringOutput added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayType) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayType) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayType) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypeInput added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypeInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypeOutput() GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypeOutput
	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypeOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypeOutput
}

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypeInput is an input type that accepts GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypeArgs and GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypeOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypeInput` via:

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypeArgs{...}

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypeOutput added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypeOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypeOutput) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypeOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypeOutput added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypeOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypeOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (o GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypeOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypeOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypeOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypePtrOutput added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypeOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypePtrOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (o GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypeOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypePtrOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypeOutput) ToStringOutput added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypeOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypePtrInput added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypePtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypePtrOutput() GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypePtrOutput
	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypePtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypePtrOutput
}

func GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypePtr added in v0.22.0

func GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypePtr(v string) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypePtrInput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypePtrOutput added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypePtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypePtrOutput) Elem added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypePtrOutput) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypePtrOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypePtrOutput added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypePtrOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypePtrOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (o GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypePtrOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypePtrOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfo added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfo struct {
	// A GCP service account.
	ServiceAccount *GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccount `pulumi:"serviceAccount"`
}

PrincipalInfo represents an Identity oneof.

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoArgs added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoArgs struct {
	// A GCP service account.
	ServiceAccount GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountPtrInput `pulumi:"serviceAccount"`
}

PrincipalInfo represents an Identity oneof.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoArgs) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoOutput added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (i GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoInput added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoOutput() GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoOutput
	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoOutput
}

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoInput is an input type that accepts GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoArgs and GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoInput` via:

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoArgs{...}

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoOutput added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

PrincipalInfo represents an Identity oneof.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoOutput) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoOutput) ServiceAccount added in v0.22.0

A GCP service account.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoOutput added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (o GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoResponse added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoResponse struct {
	// A GCP service account.
	ServiceAccount GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountResponse `pulumi:"serviceAccount"`
}

PrincipalInfo represents an Identity oneof.

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoResponseOutput added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

PrincipalInfo represents an Identity oneof.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoResponseOutput) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoResponseOutput) ServiceAccount added in v0.22.0

A GCP service account.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoResponseOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoResponseOutput added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoResponseOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoResponseOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccount added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccount struct {
	// Email address of the service account.
	Email *string `pulumi:"email"`
}

ServiceAccount represents a GCP service account.

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountArgs added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountArgs struct {
	// Email address of the service account.
	Email pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"email"`
}

ServiceAccount represents a GCP service account.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountArgs) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountOutput added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountPtrOutput added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountInput added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountOutput() GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountOutput
	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountOutput
}

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountInput is an input type that accepts GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountArgs and GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountInput` via:

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountArgs{...}

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountOutput added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

ServiceAccount represents a GCP service account.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountOutput) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountOutput) Email added in v0.22.0

Email address of the service account.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountOutput added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountPtrOutput added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountPtrInput added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountPtrOutput() GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountPtrOutput
	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountPtrOutput
}

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountPtrInput is an input type that accepts GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountArgs, GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountPtr and GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountPtrInput` via:

        GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountArgs{...}

or:

        nil

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountPtrOutput added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountPtrOutput) Elem added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountPtrOutput) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountPtrOutput) Email added in v0.22.0

Email address of the service account.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountPtrOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountPtrOutput added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountPtrOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountResponse added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountResponse struct {
	// Email address of the service account.
	Email string `pulumi:"email"`
}

ServiceAccount represents a GCP service account.

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountResponseOutput added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

ServiceAccount represents a GCP service account.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountResponseOutput) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountResponseOutput) Email added in v0.22.0

Email address of the service account.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountResponseOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountResponseOutput added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountResponseOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountResponseOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfo added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfo struct {
	// Unique Id for the resource.
	Id string `pulumi:"id"`
	// Specific details for the resource. This is for internal use only.
	Resource map[string]string `pulumi:"resource"`
	// Overall health status. Overall status is derived based on the status of each sub level resources.
	Status *GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatus `pulumi:"status"`
	// List of Info for the sub level resources.
	Sub []GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfo `pulumi:"sub"`
	// The timestamp to collect the info. It is suggested to be set by the topmost level resource only.
	Time *string `pulumi:"time"`
}

ResourceInfo represents the information/status of an app connector resource. Such as: - remote_agent - container - runtime - appgateway - appconnector - appconnection - tunnel - logagent

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArgs added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArgs struct {
	// Unique Id for the resource.
	Id pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"id"`
	// Specific details for the resource. This is for internal use only.
	Resource pulumi.StringMapInput `pulumi:"resource"`
	// Overall health status. Overall status is derived based on the status of each sub level resources.
	Status GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusPtrInput `pulumi:"status"`
	// List of Info for the sub level resources.
	Sub GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArrayInput `pulumi:"sub"`
	// The timestamp to collect the info. It is suggested to be set by the topmost level resource only.
	Time pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"time"`
}

ResourceInfo represents the information/status of an app connector resource. Such as: - remote_agent - container - runtime - appgateway - appconnector - appconnection - tunnel - logagent

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArgs) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoOutput added in v0.22.0

func (i GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoOutput() GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (i GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoPtrOutput added in v0.22.0

func (i GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoPtrOutput() GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoPtrOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (i GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoPtrOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArray added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArray []GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoInput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArray) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArray) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArrayOutput added in v0.22.0

func (i GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArray) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArrayOutput() GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArrayOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArray) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArrayOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (i GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArray) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArrayOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArrayInput added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArrayOutput() GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArrayOutput
	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArrayOutput
}

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArrayInput is an input type that accepts GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArray and GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArrayInput` via:

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArray{ GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArgs{...} }

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArrayOutput added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArrayOutput) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArrayOutput) Index added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArrayOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArrayOutput added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArrayOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArrayOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (o GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArrayOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArrayOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoInput added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoOutput() GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoOutput
	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoOutput
}

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoInput is an input type that accepts GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArgs and GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoInput` via:

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArgs{...}

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoOutput added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

ResourceInfo represents the information/status of an app connector resource. Such as: - remote_agent - container - runtime - appgateway - appconnector - appconnection - tunnel - logagent

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoOutput) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoOutput) Id added in v0.22.0

Unique Id for the resource.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoOutput) Resource added in v0.22.0

Specific details for the resource. This is for internal use only.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoOutput) Status added in v0.22.0

Overall health status. Overall status is derived based on the status of each sub level resources.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoOutput) Sub added in v0.22.0

List of Info for the sub level resources.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoOutput) Time added in v0.22.0

The timestamp to collect the info. It is suggested to be set by the topmost level resource only.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoOutput added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (o GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoPtrOutput added in v0.22.0

func (o GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoPtrOutput() GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoPtrOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (o GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoPtrOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoPtrInput added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoPtrOutput() GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoPtrOutput
	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoPtrOutput
}

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoPtrInput is an input type that accepts GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArgs, GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoPtr and GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoPtrInput` via:

        GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoArgs{...}

or:

        nil

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoPtrOutput added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoPtrOutput) Elem added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoPtrOutput) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoPtrOutput) Id added in v0.22.0

Unique Id for the resource.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoPtrOutput) Resource added in v0.22.0

Specific details for the resource. This is for internal use only.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoPtrOutput) Status added in v0.22.0

Overall health status. Overall status is derived based on the status of each sub level resources.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoPtrOutput) Sub added in v0.22.0

List of Info for the sub level resources.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoPtrOutput) Time added in v0.22.0

The timestamp to collect the info. It is suggested to be set by the topmost level resource only.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoPtrOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoPtrOutput added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoPtrOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (o GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoPtrOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoPtrOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoResponse added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoResponse struct {
	// Specific details for the resource. This is for internal use only.
	Resource map[string]string `pulumi:"resource"`
	// Overall health status. Overall status is derived based on the status of each sub level resources.
	Status string `pulumi:"status"`
	// List of Info for the sub level resources.
	Sub []GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoResponse `pulumi:"sub"`
	// The timestamp to collect the info. It is suggested to be set by the topmost level resource only.
	Time string `pulumi:"time"`
}

ResourceInfo represents the information/status of an app connector resource. Such as: - remote_agent - container - runtime - appgateway - appconnector - appconnection - tunnel - logagent

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoResponseArrayOutput added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoResponseArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoResponseArrayOutput) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoResponseArrayOutput) Index added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoResponseArrayOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoResponseArrayOutput added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoResponseArrayOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoResponseArrayOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (o GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoResponseArrayOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoResponseArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoResponseArrayOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoResponseOutput added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

ResourceInfo represents the information/status of an app connector resource. Such as: - remote_agent - container - runtime - appgateway - appconnector - appconnection - tunnel - logagent

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoResponseOutput) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoResponseOutput) Resource added in v0.22.0

Specific details for the resource. This is for internal use only.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoResponseOutput) Status added in v0.22.0

Overall health status. Overall status is derived based on the status of each sub level resources.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoResponseOutput) Sub added in v0.22.0

List of Info for the sub level resources.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoResponseOutput) Time added in v0.22.0

The timestamp to collect the info. It is suggested to be set by the topmost level resource only.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoResponseOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoResponseOutput added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoResponseOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoResponseOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (o GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoResponseOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoResponseOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatus added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatus string

Overall health status. Overall status is derived based on the status of each sub level resources.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatus) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatus) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusOutput added in v0.22.0

func (e GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatus) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusOutput() GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatus) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (e GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatus) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatus) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput added in v0.22.0

func (e GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatus) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput() GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatus) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (e GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatus) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatus) ToStringOutput added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatus) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatus) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatus) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusInput added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusOutput() GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusOutput
	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusOutput
}

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusInput is an input type that accepts GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusArgs and GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusInput` via:

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusArgs{...}

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusOutput added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusOutput) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusOutput added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (o GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (o GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusOutput) ToStringOutput added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusPtrInput added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput() GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput
	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput
}

func GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusPtr added in v0.22.0

func GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusPtr(v string) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusPtrInput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput added in v0.22.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput) Elem added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (o GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.22.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfig

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfig struct {
	// The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
	AuditLogConfigs []GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfig `pulumi:"auditLogConfigs"`
	// Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
	Service *string `pulumi:"service"`
}

Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArgs

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArgs struct {
	// The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
	AuditLogConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayInput `pulumi:"auditLogConfigs"`
	// Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
	Service pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"service"`
}

Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArgs) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArgs) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput

func (i GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArgs) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArgs) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutputWithContext

func (i GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArgs) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArray

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArray []GoogleIamV1AuditConfigInput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArray) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArray) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput

func (i GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArray) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArray) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArray) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayInput

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput
	ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput
}

GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayInput is an input type that accepts GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArray and GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayInput` via:

GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArray{ GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArgs{...} }

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput) Index

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigInput

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput
	ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput
}

GoogleIamV1AuditConfigInput is an input type that accepts GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArgs and GoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleIamV1AuditConfigInput` via:

GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArgs{...}

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput) AuditLogConfigs

The configuration for logging of each type of permission.

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput) Service

Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponse

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponse struct {
	// The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
	AuditLogConfigs []GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponse `pulumi:"auditLogConfigs"`
	// Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
	Service string `pulumi:"service"`
}

Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput) Index

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseOutput) AuditLogConfigs

The configuration for logging of each type of permission.

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseOutput) Service

Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseOutput

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfig

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfig struct {
	// Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
	ExemptedMembers []string `pulumi:"exemptedMembers"`
	// The log type that this config enables.
	LogType *GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType `pulumi:"logType"`
}

Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArgs

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArgs struct {
	// Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
	ExemptedMembers pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"exemptedMembers"`
	// The log type that this config enables.
	LogType GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrInput `pulumi:"logType"`
}

Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArgs) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArgs) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput

func (i GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArgs) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArgs) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutputWithContext

func (i GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArgs) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArray

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArray []GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigInput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArray) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArray) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput

func (i GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArray) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArray) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArray) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayInput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput
	ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput
}

GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayInput is an input type that accepts GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArray and GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayInput` via:

GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArray{ GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArgs{...} }

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput) Index

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigInput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput
	ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput
}

GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigInput is an input type that accepts GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArgs and GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigInput` via:

GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArgs{...}

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType string

The log type that this config enables.

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput

func (e GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutputWithContext

func (e GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput

func (e GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutputWithContext

func (e GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType) ToStringOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType) ToStringOutputWithContext

func (e GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType) ToStringPtrOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext

func (e GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeInput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput
	ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput
}

GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeInput is an input type that accepts GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeArgs and GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeInput` via:

GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeArgs{...}

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToStringOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrInput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput
	ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput
}

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput) Elem

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput) ExemptedMembers

Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput) LogType

The log type that this config enables.

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponse

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponse struct {
	// Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
	ExemptedMembers []string `pulumi:"exemptedMembers"`
	// The log type that this config enables.
	LogType string `pulumi:"logType"`
}

Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutput) Index

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutput

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseOutput) ExemptedMembers

Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseOutput) LogType

The log type that this config enables.

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseOutput

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseOutput

type GoogleIamV1Binding

type GoogleIamV1Binding struct {
	// The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Condition *GoogleTypeExpr `pulumi:"condition"`
	// Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.
	Members []string `pulumi:"members"`
	// Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
	Role *string `pulumi:"role"`
}

Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.

type GoogleIamV1BindingArgs

type GoogleIamV1BindingArgs struct {
	// The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Condition GoogleTypeExprPtrInput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"members"`
	// Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
	Role pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.

func (GoogleIamV1BindingArgs) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1BindingArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GoogleIamV1BindingArgs) ToGoogleIamV1BindingOutput

func (i GoogleIamV1BindingArgs) ToGoogleIamV1BindingOutput() GoogleIamV1BindingOutput

func (GoogleIamV1BindingArgs) ToGoogleIamV1BindingOutputWithContext

func (i GoogleIamV1BindingArgs) ToGoogleIamV1BindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1BindingOutput

type GoogleIamV1BindingArray

type GoogleIamV1BindingArray []GoogleIamV1BindingInput

func (GoogleIamV1BindingArray) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1BindingArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GoogleIamV1BindingArray) ToGoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput

func (i GoogleIamV1BindingArray) ToGoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput() GoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput

func (GoogleIamV1BindingArray) ToGoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GoogleIamV1BindingArray) ToGoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput

type GoogleIamV1BindingArrayInput

type GoogleIamV1BindingArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput() GoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput
	ToGoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput
}

GoogleIamV1BindingArrayInput is an input type that accepts GoogleIamV1BindingArray and GoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleIamV1BindingArrayInput` via:

GoogleIamV1BindingArray{ GoogleIamV1BindingArgs{...} }

type GoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput

type GoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput) Index

func (GoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput

func (o GoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput() GoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput

func (GoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput

type GoogleIamV1BindingInput

type GoogleIamV1BindingInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleIamV1BindingOutput() GoogleIamV1BindingOutput
	ToGoogleIamV1BindingOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleIamV1BindingOutput
}

GoogleIamV1BindingInput is an input type that accepts GoogleIamV1BindingArgs and GoogleIamV1BindingOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleIamV1BindingInput` via:

GoogleIamV1BindingArgs{...}

type GoogleIamV1BindingOutput

type GoogleIamV1BindingOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.

func (GoogleIamV1BindingOutput) Condition

The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

func (GoogleIamV1BindingOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1BindingOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GoogleIamV1BindingOutput) Members

Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.

func (GoogleIamV1BindingOutput) Role

Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.

func (GoogleIamV1BindingOutput) ToGoogleIamV1BindingOutput

func (o GoogleIamV1BindingOutput) ToGoogleIamV1BindingOutput() GoogleIamV1BindingOutput

func (GoogleIamV1BindingOutput) ToGoogleIamV1BindingOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleIamV1BindingOutput) ToGoogleIamV1BindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1BindingOutput

type GoogleIamV1BindingResponse

type GoogleIamV1BindingResponse struct {
	// The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Condition GoogleTypeExprResponse `pulumi:"condition"`
	// Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.
	Members []string `pulumi:"members"`
	// Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
	Role string `pulumi:"role"`
}

Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.

type GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput

type GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput) Index

func (GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput

func (o GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput() GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput

func (GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput

type GoogleIamV1BindingResponseOutput

type GoogleIamV1BindingResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.

func (GoogleIamV1BindingResponseOutput) Condition

The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

func (GoogleIamV1BindingResponseOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1BindingResponseOutput) Members

Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.

func (GoogleIamV1BindingResponseOutput) Role

Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.

func (GoogleIamV1BindingResponseOutput) ToGoogleIamV1BindingResponseOutput

func (o GoogleIamV1BindingResponseOutput) ToGoogleIamV1BindingResponseOutput() GoogleIamV1BindingResponseOutput

func (GoogleIamV1BindingResponseOutput) ToGoogleIamV1BindingResponseOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleIamV1BindingResponseOutput) ToGoogleIamV1BindingResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1BindingResponseOutput

type GoogleTypeExpr

type GoogleTypeExpr struct {
	// Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
	Description *string `pulumi:"description"`
	// Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
	Expression *string `pulumi:"expression"`
	// Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
	Location *string `pulumi:"location"`
	// Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
	Title *string `pulumi:"title"`
}

Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.

type GoogleTypeExprArgs

type GoogleTypeExprArgs struct {
	// Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
	Description pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"description"`
	// Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
	Expression pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"expression"`
	// Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
	Location pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"location"`
	// Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
	Title pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"title"`
}

Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.

func (GoogleTypeExprArgs) ElementType

func (GoogleTypeExprArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GoogleTypeExprArgs) ToGoogleTypeExprOutput

func (i GoogleTypeExprArgs) ToGoogleTypeExprOutput() GoogleTypeExprOutput

func (GoogleTypeExprArgs) ToGoogleTypeExprOutputWithContext

func (i GoogleTypeExprArgs) ToGoogleTypeExprOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleTypeExprOutput

func (GoogleTypeExprArgs) ToGoogleTypeExprPtrOutput

func (i GoogleTypeExprArgs) ToGoogleTypeExprPtrOutput() GoogleTypeExprPtrOutput

func (GoogleTypeExprArgs) ToGoogleTypeExprPtrOutputWithContext

func (i GoogleTypeExprArgs) ToGoogleTypeExprPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleTypeExprPtrOutput

type GoogleTypeExprInput

type GoogleTypeExprInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleTypeExprOutput() GoogleTypeExprOutput
	ToGoogleTypeExprOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleTypeExprOutput
}

GoogleTypeExprInput is an input type that accepts GoogleTypeExprArgs and GoogleTypeExprOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleTypeExprInput` via:

GoogleTypeExprArgs{...}

type GoogleTypeExprOutput

type GoogleTypeExprOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.

func (GoogleTypeExprOutput) Description

Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.

func (GoogleTypeExprOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleTypeExprOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GoogleTypeExprOutput) Expression

Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.

func (GoogleTypeExprOutput) Location

Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.

func (GoogleTypeExprOutput) Title

Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.

func (GoogleTypeExprOutput) ToGoogleTypeExprOutput

func (o GoogleTypeExprOutput) ToGoogleTypeExprOutput() GoogleTypeExprOutput

func (GoogleTypeExprOutput) ToGoogleTypeExprOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleTypeExprOutput) ToGoogleTypeExprOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleTypeExprOutput

func (GoogleTypeExprOutput) ToGoogleTypeExprPtrOutput

func (o GoogleTypeExprOutput) ToGoogleTypeExprPtrOutput() GoogleTypeExprPtrOutput

func (GoogleTypeExprOutput) ToGoogleTypeExprPtrOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleTypeExprOutput) ToGoogleTypeExprPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleTypeExprPtrOutput

type GoogleTypeExprPtrInput

type GoogleTypeExprPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleTypeExprPtrOutput() GoogleTypeExprPtrOutput
	ToGoogleTypeExprPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleTypeExprPtrOutput
}

GoogleTypeExprPtrInput is an input type that accepts GoogleTypeExprArgs, GoogleTypeExprPtr and GoogleTypeExprPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleTypeExprPtrInput` via:

        GoogleTypeExprArgs{...}

or:

        nil

type GoogleTypeExprPtrOutput

type GoogleTypeExprPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GoogleTypeExprPtrOutput) Description

Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.

func (GoogleTypeExprPtrOutput) Elem

func (GoogleTypeExprPtrOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleTypeExprPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GoogleTypeExprPtrOutput) Expression

Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.

func (GoogleTypeExprPtrOutput) Location

Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.

func (GoogleTypeExprPtrOutput) Title

Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.

func (GoogleTypeExprPtrOutput) ToGoogleTypeExprPtrOutput

func (o GoogleTypeExprPtrOutput) ToGoogleTypeExprPtrOutput() GoogleTypeExprPtrOutput

func (GoogleTypeExprPtrOutput) ToGoogleTypeExprPtrOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleTypeExprPtrOutput) ToGoogleTypeExprPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleTypeExprPtrOutput

type GoogleTypeExprResponse

type GoogleTypeExprResponse struct {
	// Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
	Description string `pulumi:"description"`
	// Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
	Expression string `pulumi:"expression"`
	// Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
	Location string `pulumi:"location"`
	// Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
	Title string `pulumi:"title"`
}

Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.

type GoogleTypeExprResponseOutput

type GoogleTypeExprResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.

func (GoogleTypeExprResponseOutput) Description

Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.

func (GoogleTypeExprResponseOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleTypeExprResponseOutput) Expression

Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.

func (GoogleTypeExprResponseOutput) Location

Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.

func (GoogleTypeExprResponseOutput) Title

Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.

func (GoogleTypeExprResponseOutput) ToGoogleTypeExprResponseOutput

func (o GoogleTypeExprResponseOutput) ToGoogleTypeExprResponseOutput() GoogleTypeExprResponseOutput

func (GoogleTypeExprResponseOutput) ToGoogleTypeExprResponseOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleTypeExprResponseOutput) ToGoogleTypeExprResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleTypeExprResponseOutput

type LookupAppConnectionArgs added in v0.22.0

type LookupAppConnectionArgs struct {
	AppConnectionId string  `pulumi:"appConnectionId"`
	Location        string  `pulumi:"location"`
	Project         *string `pulumi:"project"`
}

type LookupAppConnectionIamPolicyArgs

type LookupAppConnectionIamPolicyArgs struct {
	AppConnectionId               string  `pulumi:"appConnectionId"`
	Location                      string  `pulumi:"location"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion *int    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       *string `pulumi:"project"`
}

type LookupAppConnectionIamPolicyOutputArgs

type LookupAppConnectionIamPolicyOutputArgs struct {
	AppConnectionId               pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"appConnectionId"`
	Location                      pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"location"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion pulumi.IntPtrInput    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
}

func (LookupAppConnectionIamPolicyOutputArgs) ElementType

type LookupAppConnectionIamPolicyResult

type LookupAppConnectionIamPolicyResult struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs []GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponse `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings []GoogleIamV1BindingResponse `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag string `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version int `pulumi:"version"`
}

func LookupAppConnectionIamPolicy

func LookupAppConnectionIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupAppConnectionIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupAppConnectionIamPolicyResult, error)

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

type LookupAppConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput

type LookupAppConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LookupAppConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput) AuditConfigs

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (LookupAppConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput) Bindings

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (LookupAppConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput) ElementType

func (LookupAppConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput) Etag

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (LookupAppConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupAppConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput

func (o LookupAppConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupAppConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput() LookupAppConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupAppConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupAppConnectionIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext

func (o LookupAppConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupAppConnectionIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupAppConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupAppConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput) Version

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type LookupAppConnectionOutputArgs added in v0.22.0

type LookupAppConnectionOutputArgs struct {
	AppConnectionId pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"appConnectionId"`
	Location        pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"location"`
	Project         pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
}

func (LookupAppConnectionOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.22.0

type LookupAppConnectionResult added in v0.22.0

type LookupAppConnectionResult struct {
	// Address of the remote application endpoint for the BeyondCorp AppConnection.
	ApplicationEndpoint GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionApplicationEndpointResponse `pulumi:"applicationEndpoint"`
	// Optional. List of [google.cloud.beyondcorp.v1main.Connector.name] that are authorised to be associated with this AppConnection.
	Connectors []string `pulumi:"connectors"`
	// Timestamp when the resource was created.
	CreateTime string `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the AppConnection. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
	DisplayName string `pulumi:"displayName"`
	// Optional. Gateway used by the AppConnection.
	Gateway GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1AppConnectionGatewayResponse `pulumi:"gateway"`
	// Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
	Labels map[string]string `pulumi:"labels"`
	// Unique resource name of the AppConnection. The name is ignored when creating a AppConnection.
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
	// The current state of the AppConnection.
	State string `pulumi:"state"`
	// The type of network connectivity used by the AppConnection.
	Type string `pulumi:"type"`
	// A unique identifier for the instance generated by the system.
	Uid string `pulumi:"uid"`
	// Timestamp when the resource was last modified.
	UpdateTime string `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

func LookupAppConnection added in v0.22.0

func LookupAppConnection(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupAppConnectionArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupAppConnectionResult, error)

Gets details of a single AppConnection.

type LookupAppConnectionResultOutput added in v0.22.0

type LookupAppConnectionResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func LookupAppConnectionOutput added in v0.22.0

func (LookupAppConnectionResultOutput) ApplicationEndpoint added in v0.22.0

Address of the remote application endpoint for the BeyondCorp AppConnection.

func (LookupAppConnectionResultOutput) Connectors added in v0.22.0

Optional. List of [google.cloud.beyondcorp.v1main.Connector.name] that are authorised to be associated with this AppConnection.

func (LookupAppConnectionResultOutput) CreateTime added in v0.22.0

Timestamp when the resource was created.

func (LookupAppConnectionResultOutput) DisplayName added in v0.22.0

Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the AppConnection. Cannot exceed 64 characters.

func (LookupAppConnectionResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (LookupAppConnectionResultOutput) Gateway added in v0.22.0

Optional. Gateway used by the AppConnection.

func (LookupAppConnectionResultOutput) Labels added in v0.22.0

Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.

func (LookupAppConnectionResultOutput) Name added in v0.22.0

Unique resource name of the AppConnection. The name is ignored when creating a AppConnection.

func (LookupAppConnectionResultOutput) State added in v0.22.0

The current state of the AppConnection.

func (LookupAppConnectionResultOutput) ToLookupAppConnectionResultOutput added in v0.22.0

func (o LookupAppConnectionResultOutput) ToLookupAppConnectionResultOutput() LookupAppConnectionResultOutput

func (LookupAppConnectionResultOutput) ToLookupAppConnectionResultOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (o LookupAppConnectionResultOutput) ToLookupAppConnectionResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupAppConnectionResultOutput

func (LookupAppConnectionResultOutput) Type added in v0.22.0

The type of network connectivity used by the AppConnection.

func (LookupAppConnectionResultOutput) Uid added in v0.22.0

A unique identifier for the instance generated by the system.

func (LookupAppConnectionResultOutput) UpdateTime added in v0.22.0

Timestamp when the resource was last modified.

type LookupAppConnectorArgs added in v0.22.0

type LookupAppConnectorArgs struct {
	AppConnectorId string  `pulumi:"appConnectorId"`
	Location       string  `pulumi:"location"`
	Project        *string `pulumi:"project"`
}

type LookupAppConnectorIamPolicyArgs

type LookupAppConnectorIamPolicyArgs struct {
	AppConnectorId                string  `pulumi:"appConnectorId"`
	Location                      string  `pulumi:"location"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion *int    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       *string `pulumi:"project"`
}

type LookupAppConnectorIamPolicyOutputArgs

type LookupAppConnectorIamPolicyOutputArgs struct {
	AppConnectorId                pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"appConnectorId"`
	Location                      pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"location"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion pulumi.IntPtrInput    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
}

func (LookupAppConnectorIamPolicyOutputArgs) ElementType

type LookupAppConnectorIamPolicyResult

type LookupAppConnectorIamPolicyResult struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs []GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponse `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings []GoogleIamV1BindingResponse `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag string `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version int `pulumi:"version"`
}

func LookupAppConnectorIamPolicy

func LookupAppConnectorIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupAppConnectorIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupAppConnectorIamPolicyResult, error)

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

type LookupAppConnectorIamPolicyResultOutput

type LookupAppConnectorIamPolicyResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LookupAppConnectorIamPolicyResultOutput) AuditConfigs

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (LookupAppConnectorIamPolicyResultOutput) Bindings

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (LookupAppConnectorIamPolicyResultOutput) ElementType

func (LookupAppConnectorIamPolicyResultOutput) Etag

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (LookupAppConnectorIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupAppConnectorIamPolicyResultOutput

func (o LookupAppConnectorIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupAppConnectorIamPolicyResultOutput() LookupAppConnectorIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupAppConnectorIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupAppConnectorIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext

func (o LookupAppConnectorIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupAppConnectorIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupAppConnectorIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupAppConnectorIamPolicyResultOutput) Version

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type LookupAppConnectorOutputArgs added in v0.22.0

type LookupAppConnectorOutputArgs struct {
	AppConnectorId pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"appConnectorId"`
	Location       pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"location"`
	Project        pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
}

func (LookupAppConnectorOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.22.0

type LookupAppConnectorResult added in v0.22.0

type LookupAppConnectorResult struct {
	// Timestamp when the resource was created.
	CreateTime string `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the AppConnector. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
	DisplayName string `pulumi:"displayName"`
	// Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
	Labels map[string]string `pulumi:"labels"`
	// Unique resource name of the AppConnector. The name is ignored when creating a AppConnector.
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
	// Principal information about the Identity of the AppConnector.
	PrincipalInfo GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1AppConnectorPrincipalInfoResponse `pulumi:"principalInfo"`
	// Optional. Resource info of the connector.
	ResourceInfo GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfoResponse `pulumi:"resourceInfo"`
	// The current state of the AppConnector.
	State string `pulumi:"state"`
	// A unique identifier for the instance generated by the system.
	Uid string `pulumi:"uid"`
	// Timestamp when the resource was last modified.
	UpdateTime string `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

func LookupAppConnector added in v0.22.0

func LookupAppConnector(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupAppConnectorArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupAppConnectorResult, error)

Gets details of a single AppConnector.

type LookupAppConnectorResultOutput added in v0.22.0

type LookupAppConnectorResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func LookupAppConnectorOutput added in v0.22.0

func (LookupAppConnectorResultOutput) CreateTime added in v0.22.0

Timestamp when the resource was created.

func (LookupAppConnectorResultOutput) DisplayName added in v0.22.0

Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the AppConnector. Cannot exceed 64 characters.

func (LookupAppConnectorResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (LookupAppConnectorResultOutput) Labels added in v0.22.0

Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.

func (LookupAppConnectorResultOutput) Name added in v0.22.0

Unique resource name of the AppConnector. The name is ignored when creating a AppConnector.

func (LookupAppConnectorResultOutput) PrincipalInfo added in v0.22.0

Principal information about the Identity of the AppConnector.

func (LookupAppConnectorResultOutput) ResourceInfo added in v0.22.0

Optional. Resource info of the connector.

func (LookupAppConnectorResultOutput) State added in v0.22.0

The current state of the AppConnector.

func (LookupAppConnectorResultOutput) ToLookupAppConnectorResultOutput added in v0.22.0

func (o LookupAppConnectorResultOutput) ToLookupAppConnectorResultOutput() LookupAppConnectorResultOutput

func (LookupAppConnectorResultOutput) ToLookupAppConnectorResultOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (o LookupAppConnectorResultOutput) ToLookupAppConnectorResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupAppConnectorResultOutput

func (LookupAppConnectorResultOutput) Uid added in v0.22.0

A unique identifier for the instance generated by the system.

func (LookupAppConnectorResultOutput) UpdateTime added in v0.22.0

Timestamp when the resource was last modified.

type LookupAppGatewayArgs added in v0.22.0

type LookupAppGatewayArgs struct {
	AppGatewayId string  `pulumi:"appGatewayId"`
	Location     string  `pulumi:"location"`
	Project      *string `pulumi:"project"`
}

type LookupAppGatewayIamPolicyArgs

type LookupAppGatewayIamPolicyArgs struct {
	AppGatewayId                  string  `pulumi:"appGatewayId"`
	Location                      string  `pulumi:"location"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion *int    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       *string `pulumi:"project"`
}

type LookupAppGatewayIamPolicyOutputArgs

type LookupAppGatewayIamPolicyOutputArgs struct {
	AppGatewayId                  pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"appGatewayId"`
	Location                      pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"location"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion pulumi.IntPtrInput    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
}

func (LookupAppGatewayIamPolicyOutputArgs) ElementType

type LookupAppGatewayIamPolicyResult

type LookupAppGatewayIamPolicyResult struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs []GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponse `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings []GoogleIamV1BindingResponse `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag string `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version int `pulumi:"version"`
}

func LookupAppGatewayIamPolicy

func LookupAppGatewayIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupAppGatewayIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupAppGatewayIamPolicyResult, error)

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

type LookupAppGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput

type LookupAppGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LookupAppGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput) AuditConfigs

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (LookupAppGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput) Bindings

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (LookupAppGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput) ElementType

func (LookupAppGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput) Etag

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (LookupAppGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupAppGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput

func (o LookupAppGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupAppGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput() LookupAppGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupAppGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupAppGatewayIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext

func (o LookupAppGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupAppGatewayIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupAppGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupAppGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput) Version

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type LookupAppGatewayOutputArgs added in v0.22.0

type LookupAppGatewayOutputArgs struct {
	AppGatewayId pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"appGatewayId"`
	Location     pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"location"`
	Project      pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
}

func (LookupAppGatewayOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (LookupAppGatewayOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type LookupAppGatewayResult added in v0.22.0

type LookupAppGatewayResult struct {
	// A list of connections allocated for the Gateway
	AllocatedConnections []AllocatedConnectionResponse `pulumi:"allocatedConnections"`
	// Timestamp when the resource was created.
	CreateTime string `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the AppGateway. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
	DisplayName string `pulumi:"displayName"`
	// The type of hosting used by the AppGateway.
	HostType string `pulumi:"hostType"`
	// Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
	Labels map[string]string `pulumi:"labels"`
	// Unique resource name of the AppGateway. The name is ignored when creating an AppGateway.
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
	// The current state of the AppGateway.
	State string `pulumi:"state"`
	// The type of network connectivity used by the AppGateway.
	Type string `pulumi:"type"`
	// A unique identifier for the instance generated by the system.
	Uid string `pulumi:"uid"`
	// Timestamp when the resource was last modified.
	UpdateTime string `pulumi:"updateTime"`
	// Server-defined URI for this resource.
	Uri string `pulumi:"uri"`
}

func LookupAppGateway added in v0.22.0

func LookupAppGateway(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupAppGatewayArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupAppGatewayResult, error)

Gets details of a single AppGateway.

type LookupAppGatewayResultOutput added in v0.22.0

type LookupAppGatewayResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func LookupAppGatewayOutput added in v0.22.0

func (LookupAppGatewayResultOutput) AllocatedConnections added in v0.22.0

A list of connections allocated for the Gateway

func (LookupAppGatewayResultOutput) CreateTime added in v0.22.0

Timestamp when the resource was created.

func (LookupAppGatewayResultOutput) DisplayName added in v0.22.0

Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the AppGateway. Cannot exceed 64 characters.

func (LookupAppGatewayResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.22.0

func (LookupAppGatewayResultOutput) HostType added in v0.22.0

The type of hosting used by the AppGateway.

func (LookupAppGatewayResultOutput) Labels added in v0.22.0

Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.

func (LookupAppGatewayResultOutput) Name added in v0.22.0

Unique resource name of the AppGateway. The name is ignored when creating an AppGateway.

func (LookupAppGatewayResultOutput) State added in v0.22.0

The current state of the AppGateway.

func (LookupAppGatewayResultOutput) ToLookupAppGatewayResultOutput added in v0.22.0

func (o LookupAppGatewayResultOutput) ToLookupAppGatewayResultOutput() LookupAppGatewayResultOutput

func (LookupAppGatewayResultOutput) ToLookupAppGatewayResultOutputWithContext added in v0.22.0

func (o LookupAppGatewayResultOutput) ToLookupAppGatewayResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupAppGatewayResultOutput

func (LookupAppGatewayResultOutput) Type added in v0.22.0

The type of network connectivity used by the AppGateway.

func (LookupAppGatewayResultOutput) Uid added in v0.22.0

A unique identifier for the instance generated by the system.

func (LookupAppGatewayResultOutput) UpdateTime added in v0.22.0

Timestamp when the resource was last modified.

func (LookupAppGatewayResultOutput) Uri added in v0.22.0

Server-defined URI for this resource.

type LookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyArgs

type LookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyArgs struct {
	ClientConnectorServiceId      string  `pulumi:"clientConnectorServiceId"`
	Location                      string  `pulumi:"location"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion *int    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       *string `pulumi:"project"`
}

type LookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutputArgs

type LookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutputArgs struct {
	ClientConnectorServiceId      pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"clientConnectorServiceId"`
	Location                      pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"location"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion pulumi.IntPtrInput    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
}

func (LookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutputArgs) ElementType

type LookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyResult

type LookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyResult struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs []GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponse `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings []GoogleIamV1BindingResponse `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag string `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version int `pulumi:"version"`
}

func LookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicy

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

type LookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyResultOutput

type LookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyResultOutput) AuditConfigs

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (LookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyResultOutput) Bindings

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (LookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyResultOutput) ElementType

func (LookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyResultOutput) Etag

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (LookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyResultOutput

func (o LookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyResultOutput() LookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext

func (o LookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyResultOutput) Version

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type LookupClientGatewayIamPolicyArgs

type LookupClientGatewayIamPolicyArgs struct {
	ClientGatewayId               string  `pulumi:"clientGatewayId"`
	Location                      string  `pulumi:"location"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion *int    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       *string `pulumi:"project"`
}

type LookupClientGatewayIamPolicyOutputArgs

type LookupClientGatewayIamPolicyOutputArgs struct {
	ClientGatewayId               pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"clientGatewayId"`
	Location                      pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"location"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion pulumi.IntPtrInput    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
}

func (LookupClientGatewayIamPolicyOutputArgs) ElementType

type LookupClientGatewayIamPolicyResult

type LookupClientGatewayIamPolicyResult struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs []GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponse `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings []GoogleIamV1BindingResponse `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag string `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version int `pulumi:"version"`
}

func LookupClientGatewayIamPolicy

func LookupClientGatewayIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupClientGatewayIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupClientGatewayIamPolicyResult, error)

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

type LookupClientGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput

type LookupClientGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LookupClientGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput) AuditConfigs

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (LookupClientGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput) Bindings

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (LookupClientGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput) ElementType

func (LookupClientGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput) Etag

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (LookupClientGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupClientGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput

func (o LookupClientGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupClientGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput() LookupClientGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupClientGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupClientGatewayIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext

func (o LookupClientGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupClientGatewayIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupClientGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupClientGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput) Version

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyArgs added in v0.32.0

type LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyArgs struct {
	BrowserDlpRuleId              string `pulumi:"browserDlpRuleId"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion *int   `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	OrganizationId                string `pulumi:"organizationId"`
	PartnerTenantId               string `pulumi:"partnerTenantId"`
}

type LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutputArgs added in v0.32.0

type LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutputArgs struct {
	BrowserDlpRuleId              pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"browserDlpRuleId"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion pulumi.IntPtrInput `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	OrganizationId                pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"organizationId"`
	PartnerTenantId               pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"partnerTenantId"`
}

func (LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyResult added in v0.32.0

type LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyResult struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs []GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponse `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings []GoogleIamV1BindingResponse `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag string `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version int `pulumi:"version"`
}

func LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicy added in v0.32.0

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

type LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyResultOutput added in v0.32.0

type LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyResultOutput) AuditConfigs added in v0.32.0

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyResultOutput) Bindings added in v0.32.0

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyResultOutput) Etag added in v0.32.0

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyResultOutput added in v0.32.0

func (LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyResultOutput) Version added in v0.32.0

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyArgs added in v0.32.0

type LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyArgs struct {
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion *int   `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	OrganizationId                string `pulumi:"organizationId"`
	PartnerTenantId               string `pulumi:"partnerTenantId"`
}

type LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutputArgs added in v0.32.0

type LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutputArgs struct {
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion pulumi.IntPtrInput `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	OrganizationId                pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"organizationId"`
	PartnerTenantId               pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"partnerTenantId"`
}

func (LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyResult added in v0.32.0

type LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyResult struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs []GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponse `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings []GoogleIamV1BindingResponse `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag string `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version int `pulumi:"version"`
}

func LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicy added in v0.32.0

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

type LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyResultOutput added in v0.32.0

type LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyResultOutput) AuditConfigs added in v0.32.0

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyResultOutput) Bindings added in v0.32.0

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyResultOutput) Etag added in v0.32.0

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyResultOutput added in v0.32.0

func (LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyResultOutput) Version added in v0.32.0

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyArgs added in v0.32.0

type LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyArgs struct {
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion *int   `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	OrganizationId                string `pulumi:"organizationId"`
	PartnerTenantId               string `pulumi:"partnerTenantId"`
	ProxyConfigId                 string `pulumi:"proxyConfigId"`
}

type LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutputArgs added in v0.32.0

type LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutputArgs struct {
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion pulumi.IntPtrInput `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	OrganizationId                pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"organizationId"`
	PartnerTenantId               pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"partnerTenantId"`
	ProxyConfigId                 pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"proxyConfigId"`
}

func (LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyResult added in v0.32.0

type LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyResult struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs []GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponse `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings []GoogleIamV1BindingResponse `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag string `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version int `pulumi:"version"`
}

func LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicy added in v0.32.0

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

type LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyResultOutput added in v0.32.0

type LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyResultOutput) AuditConfigs added in v0.32.0

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyResultOutput) Bindings added in v0.32.0

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyResultOutput) Etag added in v0.32.0

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyResultOutput added in v0.32.0

func (LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyResultOutput) Version added in v0.32.0

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBinding added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBinding struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"members"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBinding added in v0.32.0

GetOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBinding gets an existing OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBinding resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBinding added in v0.32.0

func NewOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBinding, error)

NewOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBinding registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBinding) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBinding) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutput added in v0.32.0

func (i *OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBinding) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutput() OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutput

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBinding) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (i *OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBinding) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutput

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingArgs added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBinding resource.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingInput added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutput() OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutput
	ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutput
}

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutput added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutput) Condition added in v0.32.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutput) Etag added in v0.32.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutput) Members added in v0.32.0

Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutput) Name added in v0.32.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutput) Project added in v0.32.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutput) Role added in v0.32.0

The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutput added in v0.32.0

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutput

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingState added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingState struct {
}

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingState) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMember added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMember struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"member"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMember added in v0.32.0

GetOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMember gets an existing OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMember resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMember added in v0.32.0

func NewOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMember, error)

NewOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMember registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMember) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMember) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutput added in v0.32.0

func (i *OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMember) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutput() OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutput

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMember) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (i *OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMember) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutput

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberArgs added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMember resource.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberInput added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutput() OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutput
	ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutput
}

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutput added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutput) Condition added in v0.32.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutput) Etag added in v0.32.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutput) Member added in v0.32.0

Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutput) Name added in v0.32.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutput) Project added in v0.32.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutput) Role added in v0.32.0

The role that should be applied.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutput added in v0.32.0

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutput

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberState added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberState struct {
}

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberState) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicy added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicy struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings         GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"bindings"`
	BrowserDlpRuleId pulumi.StringOutput                   `pulumi:"browserDlpRuleId"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag            pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	OrganizationId  pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"organizationId"`
	PartnerTenantId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"partnerTenantId"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntOutput `pulumi:"version"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors. Note - this resource's API doesn't support deletion. When deleted, the resource will persist on Google Cloud even though it will be deleted from Pulumi state.

func GetOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicy added in v0.32.0

GetOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicy gets an existing OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicy resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicy added in v0.32.0

func NewOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicy, error)

NewOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicy registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicy) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicy) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutput added in v0.32.0

func (i *OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicy) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutput() OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutput

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicy) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (i *OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicy) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutput

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyArgs added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyArgs struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayInput
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings         GoogleIamV1BindingArrayInput
	BrowserDlpRuleId pulumi.StringInput
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag            pulumi.StringPtrInput
	OrganizationId  pulumi.StringInput
	PartnerTenantId pulumi.StringInput
	// OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
	UpdateMask pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicy resource.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyInput added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutput() OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutput
	ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutput
}

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutput added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutput) AuditConfigs added in v0.32.0

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutput) Bindings added in v0.32.0

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutput) BrowserDlpRuleId added in v0.32.0

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutput) Etag added in v0.32.0

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutput) OrganizationId added in v0.32.0

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutput) PartnerTenantId added in v0.32.0

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutput added in v0.32.0

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutput

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutput) Version added in v0.32.0

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyState added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyState struct {
}

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyState) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBinding added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBinding struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"members"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetOrganizationPartnerTenantIamBinding added in v0.32.0

func GetOrganizationPartnerTenantIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBinding, error)

GetOrganizationPartnerTenantIamBinding gets an existing OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBinding resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewOrganizationPartnerTenantIamBinding added in v0.32.0

func NewOrganizationPartnerTenantIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBinding, error)

NewOrganizationPartnerTenantIamBinding registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBinding) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBinding) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutput added in v0.32.0

func (i *OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBinding) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutput() OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutput

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBinding) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (i *OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBinding) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutput

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingArgs added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBinding resource.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingInput added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutput() OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutput
	ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutput
}

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutput added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutput) Condition added in v0.32.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutput) Etag added in v0.32.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutput) Members added in v0.32.0

Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutput) Name added in v0.32.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutput) Project added in v0.32.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutput) Role added in v0.32.0

The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutput() OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutput

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutput

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingState added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingState struct {
}

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingState) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMember added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMember struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"member"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetOrganizationPartnerTenantIamMember added in v0.32.0

func GetOrganizationPartnerTenantIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMember, error)

GetOrganizationPartnerTenantIamMember gets an existing OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMember resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewOrganizationPartnerTenantIamMember added in v0.32.0

func NewOrganizationPartnerTenantIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMember, error)

NewOrganizationPartnerTenantIamMember registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMember) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMember) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutput added in v0.32.0

func (i *OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMember) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutput() OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutput

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMember) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (i *OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMember) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutput

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberArgs added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMember resource.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberInput added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutput() OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutput
	ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutput
}

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutput added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutput) Condition added in v0.32.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutput) Etag added in v0.32.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutput) Member added in v0.32.0

Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutput) Name added in v0.32.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutput) Project added in v0.32.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutput) Role added in v0.32.0

The role that should be applied.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutput() OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutput

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutput

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberState added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberState struct {
}

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberState) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicy added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicy struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag            pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	OrganizationId  pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"organizationId"`
	PartnerTenantId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"partnerTenantId"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntOutput `pulumi:"version"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors. Note - this resource's API doesn't support deletion. When deleted, the resource will persist on Google Cloud even though it will be deleted from Pulumi state.

func GetOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicy added in v0.32.0

func GetOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicy, error)

GetOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicy gets an existing OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicy resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicy added in v0.32.0

func NewOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicy, error)

NewOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicy registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicy) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicy) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutput added in v0.32.0

func (i *OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicy) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutput() OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutput

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicy) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (i *OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicy) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutput

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyArgs added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyArgs struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayInput
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings GoogleIamV1BindingArrayInput
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag            pulumi.StringPtrInput
	OrganizationId  pulumi.StringInput
	PartnerTenantId pulumi.StringInput
	// OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
	UpdateMask pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicy resource.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyInput added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutput() OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutput
	ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutput
}

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutput added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutput) AuditConfigs added in v0.32.0

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutput) Bindings added in v0.32.0

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutput) Etag added in v0.32.0

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutput) OrganizationId added in v0.32.0

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutput) PartnerTenantId added in v0.32.0

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutput() OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutput

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutput

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutput) Version added in v0.32.0

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyState added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyState struct {
}

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyState) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBinding added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBinding struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"members"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBinding added in v0.32.0

func GetOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBinding, error)

GetOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBinding gets an existing OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBinding resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBinding added in v0.32.0

func NewOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBinding, error)

NewOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBinding registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBinding) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBinding) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutput added in v0.32.0

func (i *OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBinding) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutput() OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutput

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBinding) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (i *OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBinding) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutput

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingArgs added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBinding resource.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingInput added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutput() OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutput
	ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutput
}

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutput added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutput) Condition added in v0.32.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutput) Etag added in v0.32.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutput) Members added in v0.32.0

Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutput) Name added in v0.32.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutput) Project added in v0.32.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutput) Role added in v0.32.0

The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutput added in v0.32.0

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutput

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingState added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingState struct {
}

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingState) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMember added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMember struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"member"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMember added in v0.32.0

func GetOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMember, error)

GetOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMember gets an existing OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMember resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMember added in v0.32.0

func NewOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMember, error)

NewOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMember registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMember) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMember) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutput added in v0.32.0

func (i *OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMember) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutput() OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutput

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMember) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (i *OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMember) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutput

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberArgs added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMember resource.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberInput added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutput() OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutput
	ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutput
}

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutput added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutput) Condition added in v0.32.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutput) Etag added in v0.32.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutput) Member added in v0.32.0

Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutput) Name added in v0.32.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutput) Project added in v0.32.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutput) Role added in v0.32.0

The role that should be applied.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutput() OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutput

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutput

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberState added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberState struct {
}

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberState) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicy added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicy struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag            pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	OrganizationId  pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"organizationId"`
	PartnerTenantId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"partnerTenantId"`
	ProxyConfigId   pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"proxyConfigId"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntOutput `pulumi:"version"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors. Note - this resource's API doesn't support deletion. When deleted, the resource will persist on Google Cloud even though it will be deleted from Pulumi state.

func GetOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicy added in v0.32.0

func GetOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicy, error)

GetOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicy gets an existing OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicy resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicy added in v0.32.0

func NewOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicy, error)

NewOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicy registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicy) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicy) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput added in v0.32.0

func (i *OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicy) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput() OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicy) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (i *OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicy) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyArgs added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyArgs struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayInput
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings GoogleIamV1BindingArrayInput
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag            pulumi.StringPtrInput
	OrganizationId  pulumi.StringInput
	PartnerTenantId pulumi.StringInput
	ProxyConfigId   pulumi.StringInput
	// OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
	UpdateMask pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicy resource.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyInput added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput() OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput
	ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput
}

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput) AuditConfigs added in v0.32.0

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput) Bindings added in v0.32.0

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput) Etag added in v0.32.0

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput) OrganizationId added in v0.32.0

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput) PartnerTenantId added in v0.32.0

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput) ProxyConfigId added in v0.32.0

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput() OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput) Version added in v0.32.0

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyState added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyState struct {
}

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyState) ElementType added in v0.32.0

Jump to

Keyboard shortcuts

? : This menu
/ : Search site
f or F : Jump to
y or Y : Canonical URL